WO2016136871A1 - Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet selection method, and optical sheet manufacturing method - Google Patents
Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet selection method, and optical sheet manufacturing method Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2016136871A1 WO2016136871A1 PCT/JP2016/055607 JP2016055607W WO2016136871A1 WO 2016136871 A1 WO2016136871 A1 WO 2016136871A1 JP 2016055607 W JP2016055607 W JP 2016055607W WO 2016136871 A1 WO2016136871 A1 WO 2016136871A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- optical sheet
- sra
- transmission image
- condition
- optical
- Prior art date
Links
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 247
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title claims description 27
- 238000010187 selection method Methods 0.000 title description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 64
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 55
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 35
- 230000004313 glare Effects 0.000 abstract description 46
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 111
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 80
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 58
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 49
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 48
- 239000011146 organic particle Substances 0.000 description 45
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 31
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 27
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 18
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 17
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 17
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 17
- 230000005865 ionizing radiation Effects 0.000 description 16
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 13
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 12
- -1 silane compound Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000000851 scanning transmission electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920002284 Cellulose triacetate Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 8
- NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N [(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-diacetyloxy-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-triacetyloxy-6-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5,6-triacetyloxy-2-(acetyloxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxan-2-yl]methyl acetate Chemical compound O([C@@H]1O[C@@H]([C@H]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H]([C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O1)OC(C)=O)COC(=O)C)[C@@H]1[C@@H](COC(C)=O)O[C@@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@H]1OC(C)=O NNLVGZFZQQXQNW-ADJNRHBOSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 8
- DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl acetate Natural products CCCCOC(C)=O DKPFZGUDAPQIHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 6
- MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,6-trimethylphenanthrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C2C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C=CC2=C1C MYWOJODOMFBVCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002985 plastic film Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920006255 plastic film Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000011164 primary particle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 description 4
- JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCC1 JHIVVAPYMSGYDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 4
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Butanone Chemical compound CCC(C)=O ZWEHNKRNPOVVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910002012 Aerosil® Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000877 Melamine resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 3
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002952 polymeric resin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000004381 surface treatment Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1(O)CCCCC1 QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-2-yl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(C)COC(C)COCC(C)OC(=O)C=C ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004640 Melamine resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003822 epoxy resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002346 layers by function Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N piperidine-4-carbonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1CCNCC1 FSDNTQSJGHSJBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 2
- LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene glycol methyl ether acetate Chemical compound COCC(C)OC(C)=O LLHKCFNBLRBOGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000002087 whitening effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MXFQRSUWYYSPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,2-dimethyl-3-prop-2-enoyloxypropyl) prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OCC(C)(C)COC(=O)C=C MXFQRSUWYYSPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JZLWSRCQCPAUDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-triazine-2,4,6-triamine;urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O.NC1=NC(N)=NC(N)=N1 JZLWSRCQCPAUDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-METHOXYETHANOL Chemical compound COCCO XNWFRZJHXBZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CC)(CO)CO WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO PTJWCLYPVFJWMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(C=C)C=C1 JLBJTVDPSNHSKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930185605 Bisphenol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229920001747 Cellulose diacetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000089 Cyclic olefin copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Chemical compound CC(C)CC(C)=O NTIZESTWPVYFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl isobutyl ketone Natural products CCC(C)C(C)=O UIHCLUNTQKBZGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFSAUHSCHWRZKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Padimate A Chemical compound CC(C)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 OFSAUHSCHWRZKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920000297 Rayon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910003902 SiCl 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010724 Wisteria floribunda Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CO)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRMBQHTWUBGQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-[2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)butyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(CC)COCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C XRMBQHTWUBGQDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEBCLRKUSAGCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N ac1mi23b Chemical compound C1C2C3C(COC(=O)C=C)CCC3C1C(COC(=O)C=C)C2 VEBCLRKUSAGCDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005073 adamantyl group Chemical group C12(CC3CC(CC(C1)C3)C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002390 adhesive tape Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004931 aggregating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920000180 alkyd Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003373 anti-fouling effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004945 aromatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003705 background correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic anhydride Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 CHIHQLCVLOXUJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007175 bidirectional communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical compound C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl prop-2-enoate;methyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.COC(=O)C(C)=C.CCCCOC(=O)C=C QHIWVLPBUQWDMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006217 cellulose acetate butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012461 cellulose resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002026 crystalline silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 1
- HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexanol Chemical compound OC1CCCCC1 HPXRVTGHNJAIIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940105990 diglycerin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycerol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)CO GPLRAVKSCUXZTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000635 electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004049 embossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical compound OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003301 hydrolyzing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001788 irregular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 1
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- GHBKQPVRPCGRAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N octylsilicon Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[Si] GHBKQPVRPCGRAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N olefin Natural products CCCCCCCC=C JRZJOMJEPLMPRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N omega-Hydroxydodecanoic acid Natural products OCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDHCZVWCTKTBRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZUGPQWGEGAKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N parbenate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 FZUGPQWGEGAKET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013500 performance material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005011 phenolic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001643 poly(ether ketone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000004291 polyenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000379 polymerizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000306 polymethylpentene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011116 polymethylpentene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006295 polythiol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007127 saponification reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000007650 screen-printing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005372 silanol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003377 silicon compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009751 slip forming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005341 toughened glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006337 unsaturated polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003313 weakening effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
- B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B3/00—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form
- B32B3/26—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
- B32B3/30—Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar shape; Layered products comprising a layer having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/02—Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
- B32B7/023—Optical properties
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B7/00—Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
- B32B7/04—Interconnection of layers
- B32B7/12—Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02B—OPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
- G02B5/00—Optical elements other than lenses
- G02B5/02—Diffusing elements; Afocal elements
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/01—Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
- G06F3/03—Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
- G06F3/041—Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B32—LAYERED PRODUCTS
- B32B—LAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
- B32B2457/00—Electrical equipment
- B32B2457/20—Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
- B32B2457/208—Touch screens
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2203/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/00 - G06F3/048
- G06F2203/041—Indexing scheme relating to G06F3/041 - G06F3/045
- G06F2203/04103—Manufacturing, i.e. details related to manufacturing processes specially suited for touch sensitive devices
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a touch panel, a display device, an optical sheet, an optical sheet sorting method, and an optical sheet manufacturing method.
- a transparent touch panel has a resistive film method that is excellent in terms of cost, but it has electrostatic capacity in that gesture operations such as multi-touch are possible, and it is difficult to impair the image quality of ultra-high-definition display elements.
- touch panel touch panels particularly projection capacitive touch panels.
- An anti-glare sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be provided on the surface of the touch panel for the purpose of preventing reflection of external light. Furthermore, for the prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between members constituting the touch panel, and prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between the touch panel and the display element, the outermost surface base material, the inner base material and the rearmost surface of the touch panel An optical sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be used as a substrate or the like.
- Patent Documents 1 and 2 improve glare by imparting internal haze.
- an ultra-high-definition display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more tends to be more glaring. If an attempt is made to suppress the glaring only by the internal noise, the internal noise must be further increased. Also, when the internal haze is large, the resolution tends to deteriorate, but this tendency is greater in the ultra-high definition display element. Therefore, even if attention is paid only to the inside as in Patent Documents 1 and 2, an optical sheet suitable for an ultrahigh-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more cannot be obtained.
- the optical sheets of Patent Documents 3 to 9 improve glare by lowering the inclination angle of the irregularities and weakening the degree of the irregularities. However, even the optical sheets disclosed in Patent Documents 3 to 9 cannot prevent glare in an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. In addition, the optical sheets of Patent Documents 3 to 9 have reduced the antiglare level.
- the present invention has been made under such circumstances, and a touch panel, a display device, and an optical sheet that can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more even when having an uneven structure.
- the purpose is to provide.
- the present invention also provides an optical sheet selection method and manufacturing method for preventing glare of image light of an ultra-high definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- the present inventors have found that the uneven surface of the optical sheet is 64 ⁇ m corresponding to the size of a pixel of an ultra-high definition display element (64 ⁇ m is an intermediate of 300 to 500 ppi, which is the mainstream as an ultra-high definition display element. It was found that the above problem can be solved by dividing the surface shape into a specific shape.
- the present invention provides the following touch panel, display device and optical sheet of [1] to [5], an optical sheet sorting method, and an optical sheet manufacturing method.
- Condition A-1 The uneven surface is divided into 64 ⁇ m square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation ⁇ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, ⁇ SRa is 0.050 ⁇ m or less.
- Condition A-2 The uneven surface is divided into 64 ⁇ m square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated.
- SRa AVE is 0.100 ⁇ m or more.
- Condition B-1 According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness.
- a display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the conditions A-1 and A display device that satisfies A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
- a method of selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as an optical sheet A method for selecting an optical sheet used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- a method of manufacturing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 The manufacturing method of the optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more manufactured.
- the touch panel, display device, and optical sheet of the present invention can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties due to the uneven shape, and can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- the optical sheet evaluation method of the present invention can perform glare evaluation without incorporating an optical sheet into a display device, and can efficiently control the quality of the optical sheet.
- the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention can efficiently produce an optical sheet that can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- FIG. 1 is a scanning transmission electron micrograph (STEM) showing a cross section of the optical sheet of Example 1.
- STEM scanning transmission electron micrograph
- the touch panel of the present invention is a touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, the optical sheet has an uneven shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or These are used for the front surface of a display element that satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2 and has a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- Condition A-1 The uneven surface is divided into 64 ⁇ m square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation ⁇ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained.
- Condition A-2 The uneven surface is divided into 64 ⁇ m square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 ⁇ m or more.
- Condition B-1 According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness.
- Examples of the touch panel include a capacitive touch panel, a resistive touch panel, an optical touch panel, an ultrasonic touch panel, and an electromagnetic induction touch panel.
- These touch panels have a base material such as a glass base material and a plastic film base material, and the surface on the base material has an uneven shape for imparting various characteristics such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention and interference fringe prevention. May be formed.
- the touch panel of the present invention uses an optical sheet to be described later as a substrate having an uneven shape on such a surface. In the case of imparting antiglare properties to the touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet, which will be described later, as a surface member of the touch panel, and to install the optical sheet so that the surface on the uneven shape side faces the surface side.
- the resistive touch panel 1 is not illustrated in a basic configuration in which a conductive film 12 of a pair of upper and lower transparent substrates 11 having a conductive film 12 is disposed via a spacer 13 so as to face each other. A circuit is connected.
- a resistive film type touch panel it is preferable to use an optical sheet described later as the upper transparent substrate and / or the lower transparent substrate.
- the upper transparent substrate and the lower transparent substrate may use an optical sheet described later as one base material as a multilayer structure including two or more base materials.
- the optical sheet in the resistive film type touch panel is, for example, an optical sheet described later as the upper transparent substrate, and if the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet faces the opposite side of the lower transparent substrate, the resistive film type touch panel is anti-glare. And the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented, and further, the resolution of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented from being lowered.
- this method is preferable in that it can make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, etc., and can contribute to the improvement of the yield.
- the upper and lower conductive films are in close contact with each other while preventing the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element.
- an optical sheet which will be described later, as the lower transparent substrate of the resistive touch panel, and by making the uneven surface of the optical sheet face the upper transparent substrate side, the reflection of the surface of the lower electrode is suppressed, and the The glare of the fine display element can be prevented.
- the capacitive touch panel includes a surface type and a projection type, and a projection type is often used.
- a projected capacitive touch panel is configured by connecting a circuit to a basic configuration in which an X-axis electrode and a Y-axis electrode orthogonal to the X-axis electrode are arranged via an insulator.
- the basic configuration will be described more specifically.
- a mode in which X-axis electrodes and Y-axis electrodes are formed on separate surfaces on a single transparent substrate, and an X-axis electrode, an insulator layer, and a Y-axis electrode are formed on the transparent substrate. As shown in FIG.
- the X-axis electrode 22 is formed on the transparent substrate 21
- the Y-axis electrode 23 is formed on another transparent substrate 21, and the adhesive layer 24 is interposed therebetween.
- stacked are mentioned.
- stacks another transparent substrate in these basic aspects is mentioned.
- the transparent substrate may use an optical sheet to be described later as one base material as a multilayer structure including two or more base materials.
- the capacitive touch panel When the capacitive touch panel has another transparent substrate on the basic mode described above, an optical sheet described later is used as the other transparent substrate, and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is opposite to the basic mode.
- the capacitive touch panel When facing the operator with the concavo-convex surface facing the operator side, the capacitive touch panel can be provided with antiglare properties and can prevent glare of the ultra-high-definition display element. Can prevent a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element. In addition, this usage is preferable in that it is difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, and the like, and the shape of the electrode pattern.
- the capacitive touch panel has a configuration in which an X-axis electrode is formed on a transparent substrate, a Y-axis electrode is formed on another transparent substrate, and laminated via an adhesive or the like, at least one transparent substrate
- the same effect as described above can be obtained even when an optical sheet including an optical sheet described later is used and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is directed toward the operator.
- an optical sheet described later is used as the transparent substrate of the capacitive touch panel so that the concavo-convex surface faces away from the operator, it is suitable in that it can prevent glare and prevent adhesion and interference fringes. It is.
- the optical sheet used in the touch panel of the present invention has a concavo-convex shape on the surface and satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
- the optical sheet may satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or may satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, but the above conditions A-1 and A-2, and the above condition B- It is preferable to satisfy 1 and B-2.
- ⁇ SRa in condition A-1 indicates the degree of variation in the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement region of 64 ⁇ m square. Since the size of 64 ⁇ m square corresponds to the size of the pixel of the color filter, if the unevenness varies for each region, unevenness in brightness tends to occur due to interference with the color filter. Therefore, by setting ⁇ SRa to 0.050 ⁇ m or less, luminance unevenness due to interference between the pixels of the color filter and the uneven layer is reduced, and glare can be easily prevented.
- ⁇ SRa is preferably 0.040 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 0.030 ⁇ m or less.
- SRa AVE in Condition A-2 indicates the degree of roughness of the uneven shape of the optical sheet.
- SRa AVE is preferably 0.110 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 0.115 ⁇ m. If SRa AVE is too large, the resolution and contrast tend to decrease.
- SRa AVE is preferably 0.300 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.200 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 0.175 ⁇ m or less.
- SRa is a value with a cutoff value of 0.8 mm.
- C 0.125 , C 0.25 , C 0.5 , C 1.0 and C 2.0 are considered to be affected by the inclination angle of the unevenness.
- C 0.125 is an inclination angle of level 1 or higher
- C 0.25 is an inclination angle of level 2 or higher
- C 0.5 is affected by a tilt angle of level 3 or higher
- C 1.0 is affected by a tilt angle of level 4 or higher
- C 2.0 is affected by a tilt angle of level 5 or higher. It is conceivable that.
- Satisfying the condition B-1 indicates that the amounts of the tilt angle of level 1 or higher, the tilt angle of level 2 or higher, the tilt angle of level 3 or higher, and the tilt angle of level 4 or higher are substantially constant. In other words, satisfying the condition B-1 means that the unevenness of the optical sheet has almost no inclination angle of level 3 or less, and most of the inclination angles are level 4. If it is assumed that there is no large difference in surface roughness, by setting most inclination angles of the unevenness of the optical sheet to level 4, unevenness of the unevenness in the surface of the optical sheet is reduced, and glare is prevented. It can be easily done.
- the difference in condition B-1 is more preferably within 5.5%, and even more preferably within 4.0%.
- Satisfying condition B-2 means that the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher is small with respect to the inclination angles of levels 1 to 4. If the angle of inclination is large, the effect on glare will increase, and if it is level 5 or higher, the tendency will be conspicuous. Therefore, it is considered that glare can be easily prevented by satisfying Condition B-2 (reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher). Furthermore, it is considered that the resolution can be improved by satisfying the condition B-2 and reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher.
- satisfying the conditions B-1 and B-2 at the same time ensures that most tilt angles are at level 4, ensuring various performances imparted by uneven shapes such as anti-glare properties, adhesion prevention properties and interference fringe prevention properties.
- uneven shapes such as anti-glare properties, adhesion prevention properties and interference fringe prevention properties.
- the difference in Condition B-2 is more preferably 11.0% or more, and further preferably 11.5% or more.
- the condition B-2 is preferably 20.0% or less.
- the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied over almost the entire area of the optical sheet.
- the reason why the substantially entire area is defined is that the end of the optical sheet may cause a minute defect at the time of cutting or the like, and even if the end has a defect, it is difficult for the viewer to recognize it as a defect.
- the periphery of the end of the optical sheet is a region that is difficult to visually recognize.
- the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied in 95% or more of the area excluding 10 mm from the ends of the four sides of the optical sheet. It is more preferable to satisfy 97% or more, and it is more preferable to satisfy 99% or more of the region.
- Condition B-3 C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
- Condition B-4 C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
- C 0.125 is more preferably 35.0% or more, and further preferably 40.0% or more.
- C 0.125 is preferably 50.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by the uneven shape such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property.
- C 2.0 is more preferably 50.0% or more, and further preferably 55.0% or more.
- C 2.0 is preferably 70.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by uneven shapes such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property, and interference fringe prevention property.
- each measurement region is preferably continuous in two directions, ie, the X direction and the Y direction orthogonal thereto.
- the total number of measurement regions is 100
- the three-dimensional roughness curved surface is preferably measured using an interference microscope for simplicity. Examples of such an interference microscope include “New View” series manufactured by Zygo. SRa can be calculated by the measurement / analysis application software “MetroPro” attached to the above-described interference microscope “New View” series.
- the optical sheet used in the touch panel of the present invention can improve the glare prevention property under the above-described conditions, it is not necessary to increase the noise to the inside more than necessary, and the resolution of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented from being lowered. it can.
- the optical sheet preferably has a total light transmittance of JIS K7361-1: 1997 of 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, and further preferably 90% or more.
- the optical sheet preferably has a haze of JIS K7136: 2000 of 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 60%, and further preferably 30 to 50%.
- a haze of JIS K7136 2000 of 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 60%, and further preferably 30 to 50%.
- the surface haze is preferably 5 to 25%, more preferably 5 to 20%, and more preferably 7 to 15%. More preferably.
- the internal haze is preferably 15 to 40%, more preferably 20 to 40%, and further preferably 25 to 38%.
- the ratio of surface haze to internal haze is preferably 0.1 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of the balance between the effects of surface haze and internal haze described above, and is preferably 0.2 to 0.2. More preferably, it is from 0.4.
- the surface haze and internal haze can be determined by, for example, the method described in Examples.
- the optical sheet described above is particularly limited as long as it has a concavo-convex shape on at least one surface and satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Can be used without
- the concave and convex shape may be provided on both surfaces of the optical sheet, but from the viewpoint of handling properties and image visibility (resolution, whitening), the concave and convex shape is provided on one side, and the other surface is substantially smooth (Ra0). 0.02 ⁇ m or less).
- the optical sheet may be a single layer of a concavo-convex layer or a multilayer having a concavo-convex layer on a transparent substrate. From the viewpoint of ease of handling and manufacturing, a configuration having an uneven layer on a transparent substrate is preferable.
- Examples of the method for forming irregularities include 1) a method using an embossing roll, 2) an etching process, 3) molding by a mold, 4) formation of a coating film by coating, and the like.
- the molding by the mold 3) is preferable from the viewpoint of reproducibility of the uneven shape
- the formation of the coating film by the coating of 4) is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and a variety of products.
- Molding with a mold is performed by producing a mold having a shape complementary to the concave and convex surface, pouring a material constituting the concave and convex layer such as a polymer resin or glass into the mold and curing it, and then removing the mold from the mold. be able to.
- a transparent substrate is used, a polymer resin or the like is poured into a mold, and after overlaying the transparent substrate on the mold, the polymer resin or the like is cured, and the entire transparent substrate is taken out from the mold. be able to.
- Formation of a coating film by coating is performed by applying an uneven layer forming coating solution containing a binder resin and particles on a transparent substrate by a known coating method such as gravure coating and bar coating, and drying as necessary. It can be formed by curing.
- a coating method such as gravure coating and bar coating, and drying as necessary. It can be formed by curing.
- variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be reduced by containing different kinds of particles in the concavo-convex layer.
- FIG. 3 is a scanning transmission electron micrograph showing a cross-section of the concavo-convex layer of the optical sheet of Example 1 formed by coating a concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution containing a binder resin, organic particles, and inorganic fine particles.
- STEM scanning transmission electron micrograph
- Examples of the organic particles include a spherical shape, a disk shape, a rugby ball shape, and an indefinite shape, and examples thereof include hollow particles, porous particles, and solid particles. Among these, spherical solid particles are preferable from the viewpoint of preventing glare.
- Examples of the organic particles include particles composed of polymethyl methacrylate, acrylic-styrene copolymer, melamine resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, benzoguanamine-melamine-formaldehyde condensate, silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyester, and the like. .
- the organic particles are preferably non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles whose surface is not hydrophilized.
- Silica fine particles which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, have a high degree of hydrophilicity. Therefore, by using non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles, the organic particles and silica are not concentrated in the uneven layer (for example, around the organic particles). This is because the dispersion of the surface of the concavo-convex layer is easy to reduce.
- organic particles acrylic-styrene copolymer particles and polystyrene particles are preferable, and polystyrene particles are more preferable.
- the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer is considered to have less variation.
- the polystyrene particles have a strong degree of hydrophobicity, it is considered that the polystyrene particles are uniformly dispersed in the uneven layer without being densely mixed with silica fine particles, which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, and the surface shape of the uneven layer is less likely to vary.
- the acrylic-styrene copolymer particles are good in that the internal haze and the aggregation / dispersion can be easily controlled because the refractive index and the degree of hydrophilicity / hydrophobicity can be easily controlled.
- [specific gravity of organic particles / specific gravity of a mixture of binder resin and inorganic fine particles] is less than 1.0.
- the organic particles preferably have an average particle diameter of 2 to 10 ⁇ m, and more preferably 3 to 8 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
- the ratio of the average particle diameter of the organic particles to the thickness of the concavo-convex layer is 0.4 to 0.00 from the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. 8 is preferable, and 0.5 to 0.7 is more preferable.
- the average particle diameter of the organic particles can be calculated by the following operations (1) to (3).
- a transmission observation image of the optical sheet of the present invention is taken with an optical microscope. The magnification is preferably 500 to 2000 times.
- (2) Ten arbitrary particles are extracted from the observed image, the major axis and minor axis of each particle are measured, and the particle diameter of each particle is calculated from the average of the major axis and minor axis.
- the major axis is the longest diameter on the screen of individual particles.
- the minor axis is a distance between two points where a line segment perpendicular to the midpoint of the line segment constituting the major axis is drawn and the perpendicular line segment intersects the particle.
- the same operation is performed five times on the observation image of another screen of the same sample, and the value obtained from the number average of the particle diameters for a total of 50 particles is taken as the average particle diameter of the organic particles.
- the cross section of the optical sheet of the present invention is imaged by TEM or STEM. After imaging, the average primary particle diameter of the inorganic fine particles and the average particle diameter of the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles can be calculated by performing the same method as in the above (2) and (3).
- the acceleration voltage of TEM or STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 50,000 to 300,000 times.
- the content of the organic particles is preferably 2 to 25% by mass, and preferably 5 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content forming the uneven layer, from the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer. More preferably, it is 6 to 12% by mass.
- the inorganic fine particles include fine particles made of silica, alumina, zirconia, titania and the like. Since the inorganic fine particles are uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer, the unevenness of the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be easily reduced. In addition, it is preferable that the inorganic fine particles form aggregates in the uneven layer, and the aggregates are sparsely distributed. By forming the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles, the effect of reducing the variation in the surface shape becomes larger, and the influence of diffusion by the inorganic fine particles can be reduced by the sparse distribution of the aggregates. Among the inorganic fine particles, silica fine particles are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
- “Uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means an arbitrary cross section 10 from a portion where organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are not observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- the area ratio of the silica fine particles in the observation area of 5 ⁇ m square in each cross section was measured, the average value was M, and the standard deviation was S, and S / M ⁇ 0.1. It means that there is.
- “Agglomerates are sparsely distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means that the inorganic fine particles are locally distributed unevenly. When observed in the same manner as described above, 0 is not observed in each cross section.
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional STEM photograph of the optical sheet of Example 1, in which the lower light-colored region is the base material, and the dark-colored belt-like region at the upper part of the base material is the cross-section of the uneven layer.
- the portions observed in black spots are aggregates of inorganic fine particles (silica fine particles), and the aggregates of silica fine particles are uniformly dispersed in the concavo-convex layer.
- the area ratio of the aggregates of inorganic fine particles can be calculated using, for example, image analysis software.
- the inorganic fine particles are preferably surface-treated.
- the surface treatment of the inorganic fine particles makes it easy to appropriately control the distribution of the inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer. Moreover, the chemical resistance and saponification resistance of the inorganic fine particles themselves can be improved.
- “Mn” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in the region outside the organic fine particles within the circumference of 500 nm and excluding the organic fine particles, and the organic fine particles
- “Mf” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in a region outside the circumference from 500 nm outside satisfies the relationship of Mf / Mn ⁇ 1.0.
- Mn and Mf can be calculated by observing a cross section in which organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times.
- the surface treatment is preferably a hydrophobization treatment that makes the surface of the inorganic fine particles hydrophobic.
- the hydrophobic treatment include a method of treating inorganic fine particles with a silane compound having an acrylic group such as a methyl group or an octyl group.
- a silane compound having an acrylic group such as a methyl group or an octyl group.
- there are hydroxyl groups (silanol groups) on the surface of the silica fine particles but the surface treatment reduces the number of hydroxyl groups on the surface of the silica fine particles, and prevents the silica fine particles from aggregating excessively. It can suppress that a silica fine particle disperse
- silica fine particles are used as the inorganic fine particles, amorphous silica is preferable in order to suppress excessive aggregation.
- the silica fine particle is crystalline silica, the Lewis acidity of the silica fine particle becomes strong due to lattice defects contained in the crystal structure, and the silica fine particle may agglomerate excessively.
- fumed silica is preferably used because it tends to aggregate itself and easily forms an aggregate having a particle diameter range described below.
- Fumed silica refers to amorphous silica having a particle size of 200 nm or less prepared by a dry method, and is obtained by reacting a volatile compound containing silicon in a gas phase.
- Fumed silica can be produced by, for example, hydrolyzing a silicon compound such as SiCl 4 in a flame of oxygen and hydrogen, and examples thereof include AEROSIL R805 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
- the content of the inorganic fine particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content forming the uneven layer. More preferably, the content is 3.0 to 8.0% by mass.
- the ratio of the content of organic particles and inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer is 0.5 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of easily reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer. It is preferably 2.5, and more preferably 0.8 to 2.2.
- the inorganic fine particles preferably have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm.
- the average primary particle diameter is 1 nm or more, it becomes easy to form an appropriate aggregate, and by setting it to 100 nm or less, it is possible to suppress a decrease in contrast due to light diffusion and an excessive increase in noise.
- a more preferred lower limit is 5 nm, a more preferred upper limit is 50 nm, and a still more preferred upper limit is 20 nm.
- the agglomerates of silica fine particles preferably form a structure connected in an arbitrary direction as shown in the cross-sectional electron micrograph of FIG.
- the structure in which silica fine particles are connected in an arbitrary direction is, for example, a structure in which silica fine particles are continuously connected in a straight line (linear structure), a structure in which a plurality of the linear structures are intertwined, or the above linear structure. Any structure such as a branched structure having one or more side chains in which a plurality of silica fine particles are continuously formed can be used.
- fumed silica In order to form an aggregate in which silica fine particles are continuous in an arbitrary direction as described above, it is preferable to use fumed silica.
- the aggregate of inorganic fine particles preferably has an average particle diameter of 100 nm to 1 ⁇ m.
- the more preferable lower limit of the average particle diameter of the aggregate is 200 nm, and the more preferable upper limit is 800 nm.
- the binder resin of the concavo-convex layer preferably includes a thermosetting resin composition or an ionizing radiation curable resin composition, and more preferably includes an ionizing radiation curable resin composition from the viewpoint of improving mechanical strength. Of these, it is more preferable to include an ultraviolet curable resin composition.
- the thermosetting resin composition is a composition containing at least a thermosetting resin, and is a resin composition that is cured by heating.
- the thermosetting resin include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenol resin, urea melamine resin, epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, and silicone resin.
- a curing agent is added to these curable resins as necessary.
- the ionizing radiation curable resin composition is a composition containing a compound having an ionizing radiation curable functional group (hereinafter also referred to as “ionizing radiation curable compound”).
- ionizing radiation curable compound examples include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group.
- a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable, a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bond groups is more preferable, and among them, having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups, Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are more preferred.
- the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound any of a monomer and an oligomer can be used. In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” refers to methacrylate and acrylate.
- ionizing radiation means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing or cross-linking molecules, and usually ultraviolet (UV) or electron beam (EB) is used.
- electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and ⁇ -rays
- charged particle beams such as ⁇ -rays and ion beams can also be used.
- the ionizing radiation curable resin composition preferably contains 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more of a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound that does not contain a hydroxyl group in the molecule.
- a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound that does not contain a hydroxyl group in the molecule.
- Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound containing no hydroxyl group in the molecule include pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (PETTA), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), dipropylene glycol diacrylate (DPGDA), Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TPGDA), PO-modified neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TMPTA), trimethylolpropane ethoxytriacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA), Examples include pentaerythritol ethoxytetraacrylate and ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate. Of these, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (PETTA) is preferably used.
- ionizing radiation curable compounds include compounds having one unsaturated bond such as ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, N-vinylpyrrolidone, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate.
- Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, di Entaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid di (meth) acrylate
- polyester resins having unsaturated double bonds polyether resins, acrylic resins, epoxy resins, urethane resins, alkyd resins, spiroacetal resins, polybutadiene resins, polythiol polyene resins. Etc. can also be used.
- the ionizing radiation curable compound when the ionizing radiation curable compound is an ultraviolet curable compound, the ionizing radiation curable composition preferably contains additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a photopolymerization accelerator.
- a photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler's ketone, benzoin, benzylmethyl ketal, benzoylbenzoate, ⁇ -acyloxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
- These photopolymerization initiators preferably have a melting point of 100 ° C. or higher. By setting the melting point of the photopolymerization initiator to 100 ° C.
- the photopolymerization initiator remaining during the formation of the transparent conductive film of the touch panel or the heat of the crystallization process is sublimated, and the low resistance of the transparent conductive film is impaired. Can be prevented.
- the photopolymerization accelerator can reduce polymerization inhibition by air during curing and increase the curing speed. For example, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, etc. One or more selected may be mentioned.
- the thickness of the concavo-convex layer is preferably 2 to 10 ⁇ m, and more preferably 5 to 8 ⁇ m, from the viewpoint of curling suppression, a balance with mechanical strength, hardness and toughness.
- the thickness of the concavo-convex layer can be calculated, for example, by measuring the thickness at 20 locations from a cross-sectional image taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) and calculating the average value of the 20 locations.
- the acceleration voltage of STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 1000 to 7000 times.
- a solvent is usually used in order to adjust the viscosity and to dissolve or disperse each component. Since the surface state of the concavo-convex layer after coating and drying differs depending on the type of the solvent, it is preferable to select the solvent in consideration of the saturated vapor pressure of the solvent, the permeability of the solvent into the transparent substrate, and the like.
- the solvent is, for example, ketones (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), ethers (dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, etc.), alicyclic hydrocarbons.
- ketones acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.
- ethers dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.
- aliphatic hydrocarbons hexane, etc.
- alicyclic hydrocarbons alicyclic hydrocarbons.
- the solvent preferably contains a predetermined amount of a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate.
- a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate is volatilized before other solvents, the hydrophobicity around the organic fine particles becomes strong at the time of coating film formation.
- a solvent having a high polarity means a solvent having a solubility parameter of 10 [(cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 ] or more
- a solvent having a high volatilization rate means a relative evaporation rate of 150. The above solvents are meant.
- the solubility parameter is calculated by the method of Fedors.
- the Fedors method is described, for example, in “SP Value Basics / Applications and Calculation Methods” (Hideki Yamamoto, published by Information Technology Corporation, 2005).
- Ecoh is the cohesive energy density
- V is the molar molecular volume.
- the solubility parameter can be calculated by obtaining ⁇ E coh and ⁇ V, which is the sum of E coh and V.
- the solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate examples include ethanol and isopropyl alcohol. Among them, isopropyl alcohol is preferable. Further, the content of the solvent having high polarity and fast volatilization rate is preferably 10 to 40% by mass of the total solvent. By setting the amount to 10% by mass or more, excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles can be easily suppressed, and by setting the amount to 40% by mass or less, the leveling property of the concavo-convex layer forming coating liquid is increased because the volatilization of the solvent is too fast. The shortage can be suppressed.
- the drying conditions can be adjusted by the drying temperature and the wind speed in the dryer. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably 30 to 120 ° C. and the drying air speed is preferably 0.2 to 50 m / s. In order to control the leveling of the concavo-convex layer according to the drying conditions, it is preferable that the irradiation with ionizing radiation is performed after drying.
- the leveling agent include a fluorine-based or silicone-based one, and a fluorine-based leveling agent that easily suppresses occurrence of a Benard cell structure in the uneven layer is preferable.
- the amount of the leveling agent added is preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.2% by weight, based on the total solid content of the coating liquid for forming an uneven layer.
- corrugated layer forming coating liquid is a step of (1) mixing and dispersing an inorganic fine particle in the intermediate composition after the step of preparing the intermediate composition by mixing and stirring the binder resin and organic particles in the solvent. It is preferable to prepare by performing.
- the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution as described above, it is possible to easily suppress variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer.
- the inorganic fine particles are preferably an inorganic fine particle dispersion dispersed in a solvent.
- the transparent base material of the optical sheet it is preferable that it has light transmission, smoothness and heat resistance and is excellent in mechanical strength.
- Such transparent substrates include polyester, triacetyl cellulose (TAC), cellulose diacetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyamide, polyimide, polyether sulfone, polysulfone, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetal.
- plastic films such as polyether ketone, polymethyl methacrylate, polycarbonate, polyurethane and amorphous olefin (Cyclo-Olefin-Polymer: COP).
- the transparent substrate may be a laminate of two or more plastic films.
- polyester polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate
- TAC and acrylic are suitable from the viewpoint of optical transparency and optical transparency.
- TAC and acrylic are easily dissolved by a solvent, and the dissolved TAC component and acrylic component flow into the uneven layer and have an effect of pushing up organic particles having a small specific gravity. That is, it is considered that by using TAC or acrylic as the transparent substrate, the organic particles are less likely to sink in the concavo-convex layer, and variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer are likely to be reduced.
- COP and polyester are suitable in that they are excellent in weather resistance.
- a plastic film having a retardation value of 3000 to 30000 nm or a plastic film having a 1 ⁇ 4 wavelength retardation can prevent unevenness of different colors from being observed on the display screen when an image on a liquid crystal display is observed through polarized sunglasses. This is preferable in terms of points.
- the thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 30 to 200 ⁇ m.
- the surface of the transparent substrate may be preliminarily coated with a coating called an anchor agent or a primer in addition to physical treatment such as corona discharge treatment and oxidation treatment.
- the optical sheet may have a functional layer such as an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, or an antistatic layer on the uneven shape and / or on the surface opposite to the uneven shape.
- a functional layer may be provided between the transparent base material and the concavo-convex layer in addition to the above location.
- the touch panel of the present invention can improve glare prevention properties while imparting various properties such as anti-glare properties.
- using an optical sheet as the surface member of the touch panel and arranging the optical sheet so that the surface on the concave-convex shape side is the surface is preferable in that it is easy to impart antiglare properties while suppressing a decrease in contrast. It is.
- the display device of the present invention is a display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the above conditions. Either A-1 and A-2 are satisfied, or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied.
- An ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is likely to cause glare as described above, but in the present invention, various characteristics such as anti-glare properties can be obtained by using a specific optical sheet as the optical sheet having an uneven shape. Glittering can be prevented while imparting.
- the optical sheet used for the display device of the present invention the same optical sheet as used for the touch panel of the present invention described above can be used.
- Examples of the display element include a liquid crystal display element, an in-cell touch panel liquid crystal display element, an EL display element, and a plasma display element.
- the in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element is a liquid crystal element in which a liquid crystal is sandwiched between two glass substrates, and a touch panel function such as a resistive film type, a capacitance type, and an optical type is incorporated therein.
- Examples of the liquid crystal display method of the in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element include an IPS method, a VA method, a multi-domain method, an OCB method, an STN method, and a TSTN method.
- In-cell touch panel liquid crystal elements are described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-76602 and 2011-222009.
- the optical sheet can be installed on the front surface of the display element in the following order, for example.
- (A) Display element / surface protective plate / optical sheet (b) display element / optical sheet (c) display element / touch panel having optical sheet as constituent member (d) display element / optical sheet / surface protective plate (a) and
- (b) it can be provided with anti-glare properties and can prevent glare by arranging so that the uneven surface of the optical sheet faces the surface (so that the uneven surface faces the side opposite to the display element), Furthermore, it is possible to make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface and the display element.
- glare can be prevented while providing various characteristics such as anti-glare properties by arranging the optical sheet as in the embodiment of the touch panel of the present invention described above.
- the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet is arranged through the air layer so as to face the display element side, adhesion and interference fringes can be prevented and scratches generated in the display element can be prevented. It can be difficult to see.
- Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the display device of the present invention so that an optical sheet is disposed on the outermost surface of the display device and the concavo-convex surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element).
- the optical sheet of the present invention is an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- optical sheet of the present invention examples include the same optical sheets used for the touch panel of the present invention described above.
- the optical sheet of the present invention is used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more to prevent glare of image light and a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element while providing various properties such as anti-glare properties. It is preferable in that it can be performed. Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the optical sheet of the present invention so that the uneven surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element) on the outermost surface of the touch panel or the display device.
- the optical sheet selecting method of the present invention is a method for selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2
- the optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is selected as an optical sheet.
- an optical sheet having good antiglare property can be selected when used for an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, without incorporating an optical sheet in a display device. It is possible to efficiently control the quality of the optical sheet.
- the determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet are the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
- the determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet preferably include the above conditions A-1 and A-2 and the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as essential conditions.
- the numerical range of each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above.
- the determination condition of Condition A-1 is preferably that ⁇ SRa is 0.040 ⁇ m or less.
- the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, it is preferable that the following conditions B-3 and B-4 are further set as the determination conditions from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately. Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included as the determination conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately, The following condition C-1 is preferably set as the determination condition. Note that the numerical ranges of the conditions B-3, B-4, and C-1 are preferably the preferable numerical ranges of the optical sheet described above.
- Condition B-3 C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
- Condition B-4 C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
- Condition C-1 The inner depth of the optical sheet is 15 to 40%.
- the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention is a method for producing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or the above condition B-1 And B-2, a method for producing an optical sheet used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- an optical sheet of the present invention it is possible to efficiently produce an optical sheet capable of imparting various properties such as anti-glare properties and preventing glare of image light of an ultra-high definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. it can.
- each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above.
- ⁇ SRa is preferably 0.040 ⁇ m or less.
- the production conditions are controlled so as to satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to further control the production conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions B-3 and B-4. Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, the manufacturing conditions are set so as to further satisfy the condition C-1. Is preferably controlled.
- Conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 can be controlled by reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
- the specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 may be to control the shape of the mold when the uneven layer is formed by a mold.
- Specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, B-1 to B-4 when forming the uneven layer by coating are organic particles, inorganic fine particles, binder resin, leveling agent, solvent and drying. It is mentioned that the conditions are the above-described preferred embodiments.
- Condition C-1 can be controlled by an internal diffusion element.
- the internal diffusion element can be controlled by adjusting the refractive index of the binder resin, the shape of the organic particles, the particle diameter of the organic particles, the addition amount of the organic particles, the refractive index of the organic particles, and the like.
- the concentration of materials (inorganic fine particles) other than the organic particles added to the binder resin also affects the internal diffusion element.
- optical sheet 1-1.
- Uneven shape of optical sheet ⁇ SRa> The optical sheet obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples is attached to a glass plate through a transparent adhesive on the surface opposite to the surface on which the concavo-convex layer is formed as a sample, and a white interference microscope (New) The surface shape of the optical sheet was measured and analyzed under the following conditions using View 7300 (manufactured by Zygo).
- Microscope Application 8.3.2 Microscope Application was used as measurement / analysis software.
- Transmission image definition Optical having a width of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm and 2 mm according to JIS K7374 using a image clarity measuring instrument (trade name: ICM-1T) manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. Five types of transmitted image clarity through the comb were measured.
- the concavo-convex shape is crushed and flattened by attaching a TAC film of 80 ⁇ m thickness (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation, TD80UL) to the surface of the optical sheet via a transparent adhesive, eliminating the influence of haze caused by the surface shape. Then, the haze was measured to determine the internal haze (Hi). Then, the surface haze (Hs) was obtained by subtracting the internal haze value from the overall haze value. The light incident surface was the substrate side.
- the distance between the CCD camera and the optical sheet was 250 mm, and the focus of the CCD camera was adjusted to match the optical sheet.
- Images taken with a CCD camera were taken into a personal computer and analyzed with image processing software (ImagePro Plus ver. 6.2; manufactured by Media Cybernetics) as follows. First, an evaluation location of 200 ⁇ 160 pixels was selected from the captured image, and converted to a 16-bit gray scale at the evaluation location. Next, the low-pass filter was selected from the enhancement tab of the filter command, and the filter was applied under the conditions of “3 ⁇ 3, number of times 3, strength 10”. As a result, components derived from the black matrix pattern were removed. Next, flattening was selected, and shading correction was performed under the condition of “background: dark, object width 10”.
- contrast enhancement was performed with “contrast: 96, brightness: 48” using a contrast enhancement command.
- the obtained image was converted to an 8-bit gray scale, and the variation in the value for each pixel was calculated as a standard deviation value for 150 ⁇ 110 pixels in the image, thereby glaring was digitized. It can be said that the smaller the numerical value of the glare value, the less the glare.
- the evaluation was performed with the black matrix having a pixel density of 350 ppi or the pixel density of 200 ppi.
- a black acrylic plate is placed on a horizontal surface with an evaluation sample bonded via a transparent adhesive, and a fluorescent lamp is placed 1.5 m above the evaluation sample.
- visual sensory evaluation was performed from various angles, and evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
- C An image of the fluorescent lamp is reflected like a mirror surface, and the outline of the fluorescent lamp (the boundary of the outline) can be clearly recognized.
- Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 2 A concavo-convex layer forming coating solution 2 was obtained in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution 1 except that the blending amount of the organic particles in the intermediate composition was 14 parts by mass.
- Convex layer forming coating solution 3 The concavo-convex layer forming coating is performed in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution 1 except that the blending amount of the organic particles in the intermediate composition is 8 parts by mass and the blending amount of fumed silica in the inorganic fine particle dispersion is 9 parts by mass. Liquid 3 was obtained.
- Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 4 The organic particles in the intermediate composition are non-hydrophilic treated acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 ⁇ m, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) and a blending amount of 12 A concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution 4 was obtained in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution 1 except that the amount was in parts by mass.
- Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 5 The composition shown below was dispersed with a bead mill to obtain a composition 5 for an uneven layer.
- Organic particles non-hydrophilized polystyrene particles, average particle size 3.5 ⁇ m, refractive index 1.59, specific gravity 1.06, manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd./14 parts by mass, pentaerythritol triacrylate / 100 parts by mass, acrylic polymer ( Molecular weight 75,000, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd./10 parts by weight, photopolymerization initiator (trade name “Irgacure 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan) / 5 parts by weight, polyether-modified silicone (trade name “TSF4460”, Momentive (Performance Materials Co., Ltd.) / 0.025 mass part / toluene / 120 mass parts / cyclohexanone / 30 mass parts
- Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 6 The composition for the concavo-convex layer, except that the organic particles were non-hydrophilized acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 ⁇ m, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) In the same manner as for Product 5, the uneven layer composition 6 was obtained.
- a concavo-convex layer forming coating solution 1 is applied on a transparent substrate (80 ⁇ m thick triacetyl cellulose resin film, TD80UL, manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), dried at 70 ° C. and a wind speed of 5 m / s for 30 seconds, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light in a nitrogen atmosphere. Irradiation was performed under an oxygen concentration of 200 ppm or less so that the integrated light amount was 100 mJ / cm 2 to form an uneven layer, whereby an optical sheet was obtained.
- the film thickness of the concavo-convex layer was 6.0 ⁇ m.
- Example 2 to 4 Optical sheets of Examples 2 to 4 were obtained in the same manner as Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 1 was changed to the uneven layer coating solutions 2 to 4.
- Comparative Example 1 An optical sheet of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 1 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 5 and the thickness of the uneven layer was 4.5 ⁇ m.
- Comparative Example 2 An optical sheet of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 6.
- Comparative Example 3 An optical sheet of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 7.
- the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties and prevent glare in an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. It was also excellent in contrast.
- the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 show a much better effect than the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 in terms of preventing glare of display elements with a pixel density of 350 ppi, but display with a pixel density of 200 ppi. With respect to the anti-glare performance of the element, the difference in effect from the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 is reduced.
- the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 are extremely useful for an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
- the thing of the comparative example 3 is excellent in glare prevention property since it does not contain a translucent particle in an uneven
- ITO conductive film having a thickness of 20 nm was formed by sputtering on the transparent substrate side of the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 to form an upper electrode plate.
- an ITO conductive film having a thickness of about 20 nm was formed by sputtering on one surface of a 1 mm thick tempered glass plate to obtain a lower electrode plate.
- ionizing radiation curable resin Dot Cure TR5903: Taiyo Ink Co., Ltd.
- Dot Cure TR5903 Taiyo Ink Co., Ltd.
- Examples 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-3 A resistive film type touch panel was prepared. The obtained resistive touch panel was placed on a commercially available ultra-high-definition liquid crystal display device (pixel density 350 ppi), and the presence or absence of glare was visually evaluated. As a result, the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 were suppressed from glare.
- the visibility was good with little reflection of external light.
- the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 did not impair the resolution of ultra-high definition images, and had good contrast in a bright room environment.
- the touch panels of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 showed noticeable glare.
- the touch panel of the comparative example 3 reflected external light, and visibility was not favorable.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Optical Elements Other Than Lenses (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
Abstract
Provided is a touch panel with which various characteristics such as an anti-glare characteristic can be provided, and which is capable of preventing glare from the image light of ultra-high-definition display elements having a pixel density of 300 ppi or greater. This touch panel, which has an optical sheet as a constituent member, is used at the front surface of display elements having a pixel density of 300 ppi or greater, and the surface of the optical sheet has an uneven shape and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies a specific condition with respect to transmitted image clarity.
Condition A-1: When the surface having the uneven shape is divided into 64 μm-square measurement regions, the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness SRa is obtained for each measurement region, and the standard deviation σSRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness for all of the measurement regions is calculated, the standard deviation σSRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: When the surface having the uneven shape is divided into 64 μm-square measurement regions, the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness SRa is obtained for each measurement region, and the average SRaAVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic mean roughness for all of the measurement regions is calculated, the standard deviation SRaAVE is 0.100 μm or greater.
Description
本発明は、タッチパネル、表示装置及び光学シート、並びに光学シートの選別方法及び光学シートの製造方法に関する。
The present invention relates to a touch panel, a display device, an optical sheet, an optical sheet sorting method, and an optical sheet manufacturing method.
近年、タブレット型ＰＣならびにスマートフォンに代表される双方向の通信機能を備え、かつ情報表示ならびに情報入力用の透明タッチパネルを搭載したモバイル型の情報端末機器が、日本ばかりでなく世界で広く普及しはじめてきた。
透明タッチパネルとしては、コスト的に優れた抵抗膜方式があるが、マルチタッチ等のジェスチャー操作が可能であること、超高精細化された表示素子の画質を損ないづらい等の点で、静電容量方式のタッチパネル、特に、投影型静電容量方式のタッチパネルの需要が拡大してきている。 In recent years, mobile information terminal devices equipped with a transparent touch panel for information display and information input, which have bidirectional communication functions such as tablet PCs and smartphones, have begun to spread widely not only in Japan but around the world. Came.
A transparent touch panel has a resistive film method that is excellent in terms of cost, but it has electrostatic capacity in that gesture operations such as multi-touch are possible, and it is difficult to impair the image quality of ultra-high-definition display elements. There is an increasing demand for touch panel touch panels, particularly projection capacitive touch panels.
透明タッチパネルとしては、コスト的に優れた抵抗膜方式があるが、マルチタッチ等のジェスチャー操作が可能であること、超高精細化された表示素子の画質を損ないづらい等の点で、静電容量方式のタッチパネル、特に、投影型静電容量方式のタッチパネルの需要が拡大してきている。 In recent years, mobile information terminal devices equipped with a transparent touch panel for information display and information input, which have bidirectional communication functions such as tablet PCs and smartphones, have begun to spread widely not only in Japan but around the world. Came.
A transparent touch panel has a resistive film method that is excellent in terms of cost, but it has electrostatic capacity in that gesture operations such as multi-touch are possible, and it is difficult to impair the image quality of ultra-high-definition display elements. There is an increasing demand for touch panel touch panels, particularly projection capacitive touch panels.
タッチパネルの表面には、外光の映り込みを防止すること等を目的として、凹凸構造を有する防眩性シートが設置されることがある。
さらには、タッチパネルを構成する部材間の密着及び干渉縞の防止、及びタッチパネルと表示素子との間の密着及び干渉縞の防止等のために、タッチパネルの最表面基材、内部基材及び最背面基材等として、凹凸構造を有する光学シートが用いられることがある。 An anti-glare sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be provided on the surface of the touch panel for the purpose of preventing reflection of external light.
Furthermore, for the prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between members constituting the touch panel, and prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between the touch panel and the display element, the outermost surface base material, the inner base material and the rearmost surface of the touch panel An optical sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be used as a substrate or the like.
さらには、タッチパネルを構成する部材間の密着及び干渉縞の防止、及びタッチパネルと表示素子との間の密着及び干渉縞の防止等のために、タッチパネルの最表面基材、内部基材及び最背面基材等として、凹凸構造を有する光学シートが用いられることがある。 An anti-glare sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be provided on the surface of the touch panel for the purpose of preventing reflection of external light.
Furthermore, for the prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between members constituting the touch panel, and prevention of adhesion and interference fringes between the touch panel and the display element, the outermost surface base material, the inner base material and the rearmost surface of the touch panel An optical sheet having a concavo-convex structure may be used as a substrate or the like.
しかし、防眩性フィルム等の凹凸構造を有する光学シートを用いた場合、その凹凸構造に起因して、映像光に微細な輝度のばらつきが見える現象（ギラツキ）が生じ、表示品位を低下させるという問題がある。特に、近年の超高精細化された表示素子（画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上）においては、ギラツキの問題はさらに深刻化している。
表面凹凸によるギラツキを防止する技術として、特許文献１～９の技術が提案されている。 However, when an optical sheet having a concavo-convex structure such as an antiglare film is used, a phenomenon (glare) in which minute variations in luminance are seen in the image light occurs due to the concavo-convex structure, which reduces display quality. There's a problem. In particular, the glare problem has become more serious in recent high-definition display elements (pixel density of 300 ppi or more).
As techniques for preventing glare due to surface irregularities, techniques ofPatent Documents 1 to 9 have been proposed.
表面凹凸によるギラツキを防止する技術として、特許文献１～９の技術が提案されている。 However, when an optical sheet having a concavo-convex structure such as an antiglare film is used, a phenomenon (glare) in which minute variations in luminance are seen in the image light occurs due to the concavo-convex structure, which reduces display quality. There's a problem. In particular, the glare problem has become more serious in recent high-definition display elements (pixel density of 300 ppi or more).
As techniques for preventing glare due to surface irregularities, techniques of
特許文献１及び２の光学シートは、内部ヘイズを付与することによりギラツキを改善するものである。しかし、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子はギラツキが強くなる傾向にあり、内部へイズのみによりギラツキを抑えようとすると、内部へイズをさらに大きくせざるを得ない。また、内部ヘイズが大きいと解像度が悪化する傾向にあるが、超高精細の表示素子ではよりその傾向が大きい。したがって、特許文献１及び２のように内部へイズにのみ着目しても、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子に適する光学シートを得ることができなかった。
The optical sheets of Patent Documents 1 and 2 improve glare by imparting internal haze. However, an ultra-high-definition display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more tends to be more glaring. If an attempt is made to suppress the glaring only by the internal noise, the internal noise must be further increased. Also, when the internal haze is large, the resolution tends to deteriorate, but this tendency is greater in the ultra-high definition display element. Therefore, even if attention is paid only to the inside as in Patent Documents 1 and 2, an optical sheet suitable for an ultrahigh-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more cannot be obtained.
特許文献３～９の光学シートは、凹凸の傾斜角度を低くして凹凸の程度を弱めることにより、ギラツキを改善するものである。しかし、特許文献３～９の光学シートでも、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することはできなかった。また、特許文献３～９の光学シートは、防眩性のレベルを低下させてしまうものであった。
The optical sheets of Patent Documents 3 to 9 improve glare by lowering the inclination angle of the irregularities and weakening the degree of the irregularities. However, even the optical sheets disclosed in Patent Documents 3 to 9 cannot prevent glare in an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. In addition, the optical sheets of Patent Documents 3 to 9 have reduced the antiglare level.
本発明は、このような状況下になされたものであり、凹凸構造を有する場合においても、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止できるタッチパネル、表示装置及び光学シートを提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止するための光学シートの選別方法及び製造方法を提供する。
The present invention has been made under such circumstances, and a touch panel, a display device, and an optical sheet that can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more even when having an uneven structure. The purpose is to provide. The present invention also provides an optical sheet selection method and manufacturing method for preventing glare of image light of an ultra-high definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
本発明者らは鋭意研究した結果、光学シートの凹凸面を超高精細の表示素子の画素の大きさに相当する６４μｍ（６４μｍは、超高精細の表示素子として主流である３００～５００ｐｐｉの中間値である４００ｐｐｉに相当する。）に区画し、かつ各区画の表面形状を特定の形状に制御することにより、上記課題を解決し得ることを見出した。
本発明は、以下の［１］～［５］のタッチパネル、表示装置及び光学シート、並びに光学シートの選別方法及び光学シートの製造方法を提供する。 As a result of diligent research, the present inventors have found that the uneven surface of the optical sheet is 64 μm corresponding to the size of a pixel of an ultra-high definition display element (64 μm is an intermediate of 300 to 500 ppi, which is the mainstream as an ultra-high definition display element. It was found that the above problem can be solved by dividing the surface shape into a specific shape.
The present invention provides the following touch panel, display device and optical sheet of [1] to [5], an optical sheet sorting method, and an optical sheet manufacturing method.
本発明は、以下の［１］～［５］のタッチパネル、表示装置及び光学シート、並びに光学シートの選別方法及び光学シートの製造方法を提供する。 As a result of diligent research, the present inventors have found that the uneven surface of the optical sheet is 64 μm corresponding to the size of a pixel of an ultra-high definition display element (64 μm is an intermediate of 300 to 500 ppi, which is the mainstream as an ultra-high definition display element. It was found that the above problem can be solved by dividing the surface shape into a specific shape.
The present invention provides the following touch panel, display device and optical sheet of [1] to [5], an optical sheet sorting method, and an optical sheet manufacturing method.
［１］光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネルであって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるタッチパネル。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 [1] A touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, wherein the optical sheet has an uneven surface and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or the following conditions: A touch panel used on the front surface of a display element satisfying B-1 and B-2 and having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more.
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 [1] A touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, wherein the optical sheet has an uneven surface and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or the following conditions: A touch panel used on the front surface of a display element satisfying B-1 and B-2 and having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more.
［２］画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に光学シートを有してなる表示装置であって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、表示装置。
［３］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートであって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シート。
［４］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの選別方法であって、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものを光学シートとして選別する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの選別方法。
［５］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの製造方法であって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの製造方法。 [2] A display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the conditions A-1 and A display device that satisfies A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
[3] An optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the conditions B-1 and B-2, and has a pixel density of 300 ppi An optical sheet used on the front surface of the display element.
[4] A method of selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as an optical sheet A method for selecting an optical sheet used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
[5] A method of manufacturing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 The manufacturing method of the optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more manufactured.
［３］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートであって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シート。
［４］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの選別方法であって、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものを光学シートとして選別する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの選別方法。
［５］表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの製造方法であって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの製造方法。 [2] A display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the conditions A-1 and A display device that satisfies A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
[3] An optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the conditions B-1 and B-2, and has a pixel density of 300 ppi An optical sheet used on the front surface of the display element.
[4] A method of selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as an optical sheet A method for selecting an optical sheet used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
[5] A method of manufacturing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 The manufacturing method of the optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more manufactured.
本発明のタッチパネル、表示装置及び光学シートは、凹凸形状によって防眩性等の諸特性を付与できるとともに、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止できる。
また、本発明の光学シートの評価方法は、表示装置に光学シートを組み込まなくてもギラツキの評価を行うことができ、光学シートの品質管理を効率よくできる。また、本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止できる光学シートを効率よく製造することができる。 The touch panel, display device, and optical sheet of the present invention can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties due to the uneven shape, and can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
In addition, the optical sheet evaluation method of the present invention can perform glare evaluation without incorporating an optical sheet into a display device, and can efficiently control the quality of the optical sheet. Further, the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention can efficiently produce an optical sheet that can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
また、本発明の光学シートの評価方法は、表示装置に光学シートを組み込まなくてもギラツキの評価を行うことができ、光学シートの品質管理を効率よくできる。また、本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止できる光学シートを効率よく製造することができる。 The touch panel, display device, and optical sheet of the present invention can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties due to the uneven shape, and can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
In addition, the optical sheet evaluation method of the present invention can perform glare evaluation without incorporating an optical sheet into a display device, and can efficiently control the quality of the optical sheet. Further, the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention can efficiently produce an optical sheet that can prevent glare of image light of an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
以下、本発明の実施形態を説明する。
［タッチパネル］
本発明のタッチパネルは、光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネルであって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるものである。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described below.
[Touch panel]
The touch panel of the present invention is a touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, the optical sheet has an uneven shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or These are used for the front surface of a display element that satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2 and has a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more.
［タッチパネル］
本発明のタッチパネルは、光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネルであって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるものである。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 Embodiments of the present invention will be described below.
[Touch panel]
The touch panel of the present invention is a touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, the optical sheet has an uneven shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or These are used for the front surface of a display element that satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2 and has a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more.
タッチパネルとしては、静電容量式タッチパネル、抵抗膜式タッチパネル、光学式タッチパネル、超音波式タッチパネル及び電磁誘導式タッチパネル等が挙げられる。これらタッチパネルは、ガラス基材、プラスチックフィルム基材等の基材を有し、該基材上の表面には、防眩性、密着防止及び干渉縞防止等の諸特性を付与するための凹凸形状が形成される場合がある。本発明のタッチパネルは、このような表面に凹凸形状を有する基材として、後述する光学シートを用いてなるものである。
タッチパネルに防眩性を付与する場合、タッチパネルの表面部材として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ該光学シートの凹凸形状側の面が表面側を向くように設置することが好ましい。 Examples of the touch panel include a capacitive touch panel, a resistive touch panel, an optical touch panel, an ultrasonic touch panel, and an electromagnetic induction touch panel. These touch panels have a base material such as a glass base material and a plastic film base material, and the surface on the base material has an uneven shape for imparting various characteristics such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention and interference fringe prevention. May be formed. The touch panel of the present invention uses an optical sheet to be described later as a substrate having an uneven shape on such a surface.
In the case of imparting antiglare properties to the touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet, which will be described later, as a surface member of the touch panel, and to install the optical sheet so that the surface on the uneven shape side faces the surface side.
タッチパネルに防眩性を付与する場合、タッチパネルの表面部材として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ該光学シートの凹凸形状側の面が表面側を向くように設置することが好ましい。 Examples of the touch panel include a capacitive touch panel, a resistive touch panel, an optical touch panel, an ultrasonic touch panel, and an electromagnetic induction touch panel. These touch panels have a base material such as a glass base material and a plastic film base material, and the surface on the base material has an uneven shape for imparting various characteristics such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention and interference fringe prevention. May be formed. The touch panel of the present invention uses an optical sheet to be described later as a substrate having an uneven shape on such a surface.
In the case of imparting antiglare properties to the touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet, which will be described later, as a surface member of the touch panel, and to install the optical sheet so that the surface on the uneven shape side faces the surface side.
抵抗膜式タッチパネル１は、図１に示すように、導電膜１２を有する上下一対の透明基板１１の導電膜１２同士が対向するようにスペーサー１３を介して配置されてなる基本構成に、図示しない回路が接続されてなるものである。抵抗膜式タッチパネルの場合、上部透明基板及び／又は下部透明基板として、後述する光学シートを用いることが好ましい。なお、上部透明基板及び下部透明基板は、２以上の基材からなる多層構造として、そのうちの１つの基材として後述する光学シートを用いてもよい。
As shown in FIG. 1, the resistive touch panel 1 is not illustrated in a basic configuration in which a conductive film 12 of a pair of upper and lower transparent substrates 11 having a conductive film 12 is disposed via a spacer 13 so as to face each other. A circuit is connected. In the case of a resistive film type touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet described later as the upper transparent substrate and / or the lower transparent substrate. In addition, the upper transparent substrate and the lower transparent substrate may use an optical sheet described later as one base material as a multilayer structure including two or more base materials.
抵抗膜式タッチパネルにおける光学シートは、例えば、上部透明基板として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面が下部透明基板と反対側を向くように使用すれば、抵抗膜式タッチパネルに防眩性を付与できるとともに、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することができ、さらには超高精細の表示素子の解像度の低下を防止できる。また、この使い方の場合、タッチパネルの表面や導電膜等に生じた傷を見えづらくすることができ、歩留まりの向上に寄与できる点で好適である。
なお、上部透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が下部透明基板側を向くように用いた場合、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止するとともに、操作時に上下の導電膜同士が密着することを防止し、さらに上下の導電膜が近接することにより干渉縞が生じることを防止できる。
また、抵抗膜式タッチパネルの下部透明基板として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面が上部透明基板側を向くようにすることにより、下部電極の表面の反射を抑制するとともに、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することができる。さらに、この使い方の場合、操作時に上下の導電膜同士が密着することを防止できるとともに、上下の導電膜が近接することにより干渉縞が生じることを防止できる。
なお、下部透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が上部透明基板とは反対側を向くように用いた場合、ギラツキを防止するとともに、密着や干渉縞を防止できる点で好適である。 The optical sheet in the resistive film type touch panel is, for example, an optical sheet described later as the upper transparent substrate, and if the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet faces the opposite side of the lower transparent substrate, the resistive film type touch panel is anti-glare. And the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented, and further, the resolution of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented from being lowered. In addition, this method is preferable in that it can make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, etc., and can contribute to the improvement of the yield.
When an optical sheet described later is used as the upper transparent substrate so that the concavo-convex surface faces the lower transparent substrate, the upper and lower conductive films are in close contact with each other while preventing the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element. In addition, it is possible to prevent interference fringes from occurring due to the proximity of the upper and lower conductive films.
In addition, by using an optical sheet, which will be described later, as the lower transparent substrate of the resistive touch panel, and by making the uneven surface of the optical sheet face the upper transparent substrate side, the reflection of the surface of the lower electrode is suppressed, and the The glare of the fine display element can be prevented. Further, in the case of this usage, it is possible to prevent the upper and lower conductive films from adhering to each other at the time of operation, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of interference fringes due to the proximity of the upper and lower conductive films.
In addition, when the optical sheet mentioned later is used as a lower transparent board | substrate so that an uneven surface may face the other side of an upper transparent board | substrate, it is suitable at the point which can prevent a glare and can prevent contact | adherence and an interference fringe.
なお、上部透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が下部透明基板側を向くように用いた場合、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止するとともに、操作時に上下の導電膜同士が密着することを防止し、さらに上下の導電膜が近接することにより干渉縞が生じることを防止できる。
また、抵抗膜式タッチパネルの下部透明基板として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面が上部透明基板側を向くようにすることにより、下部電極の表面の反射を抑制するとともに、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することができる。さらに、この使い方の場合、操作時に上下の導電膜同士が密着することを防止できるとともに、上下の導電膜が近接することにより干渉縞が生じることを防止できる。
なお、下部透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が上部透明基板とは反対側を向くように用いた場合、ギラツキを防止するとともに、密着や干渉縞を防止できる点で好適である。 The optical sheet in the resistive film type touch panel is, for example, an optical sheet described later as the upper transparent substrate, and if the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet faces the opposite side of the lower transparent substrate, the resistive film type touch panel is anti-glare. And the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented, and further, the resolution of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented from being lowered. In addition, this method is preferable in that it can make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, etc., and can contribute to the improvement of the yield.
When an optical sheet described later is used as the upper transparent substrate so that the concavo-convex surface faces the lower transparent substrate, the upper and lower conductive films are in close contact with each other while preventing the glare of the ultra-high-definition display element. In addition, it is possible to prevent interference fringes from occurring due to the proximity of the upper and lower conductive films.
In addition, by using an optical sheet, which will be described later, as the lower transparent substrate of the resistive touch panel, and by making the uneven surface of the optical sheet face the upper transparent substrate side, the reflection of the surface of the lower electrode is suppressed, and the The glare of the fine display element can be prevented. Further, in the case of this usage, it is possible to prevent the upper and lower conductive films from adhering to each other at the time of operation, and it is possible to prevent the occurrence of interference fringes due to the proximity of the upper and lower conductive films.
In addition, when the optical sheet mentioned later is used as a lower transparent board | substrate so that an uneven surface may face the other side of an upper transparent board | substrate, it is suitable at the point which can prevent a glare and can prevent contact | adherence and an interference fringe.
静電容量式タッチパネルは、表面型及び投影型等が挙げられ、投影型が多く用いられている。投影型の静電容量式タッチパネルは、Ｘ軸電極と、該Ｘ軸電極と直交するＹ軸電極とを絶縁体を介して配置した基本構成に、回路が接続されてなるものである。該基本構成をより具体的に説明すると、１枚の透明基板上の別々の面にＸ軸電極及びＹ軸電極を形成する態様、透明基板上にＸ軸電極、絶縁体層、Ｙ軸電極をこの順で形成する態様、図２に示すように、透明基板２１上にＸ軸電極２２を形成し、別の透明基板２１上にＹ軸電極２３を形成し、接着剤層２４等を介して積層する態様等が挙げられる。また、これら基本態様に、さらに別の透明基板を積層する態様が挙げられる。
静電容量式タッチパネルの場合、透明基板の少なくとも一以上に後述する光学シートを用いることが好ましい。なお、透明基板は、２以上の基材からなる多層構造として、そのうちの１つの基材として後述する光学シートを用いてもよい。 The capacitive touch panel includes a surface type and a projection type, and a projection type is often used. A projected capacitive touch panel is configured by connecting a circuit to a basic configuration in which an X-axis electrode and a Y-axis electrode orthogonal to the X-axis electrode are arranged via an insulator. The basic configuration will be described more specifically. A mode in which X-axis electrodes and Y-axis electrodes are formed on separate surfaces on a single transparent substrate, and an X-axis electrode, an insulator layer, and a Y-axis electrode are formed on the transparent substrate. As shown in FIG. 2, theX-axis electrode 22 is formed on the transparent substrate 21, the Y-axis electrode 23 is formed on another transparent substrate 21, and the adhesive layer 24 is interposed therebetween. The aspect etc. which are laminated | stacked are mentioned. Moreover, the aspect which laminate | stacks another transparent substrate in these basic aspects is mentioned.
In the case of a capacitive touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet described later for at least one of the transparent substrates. In addition, the transparent substrate may use an optical sheet to be described later as one base material as a multilayer structure including two or more base materials.
静電容量式タッチパネルの場合、透明基板の少なくとも一以上に後述する光学シートを用いることが好ましい。なお、透明基板は、２以上の基材からなる多層構造として、そのうちの１つの基材として後述する光学シートを用いてもよい。 The capacitive touch panel includes a surface type and a projection type, and a projection type is often used. A projected capacitive touch panel is configured by connecting a circuit to a basic configuration in which an X-axis electrode and a Y-axis electrode orthogonal to the X-axis electrode are arranged via an insulator. The basic configuration will be described more specifically. A mode in which X-axis electrodes and Y-axis electrodes are formed on separate surfaces on a single transparent substrate, and an X-axis electrode, an insulator layer, and a Y-axis electrode are formed on the transparent substrate. As shown in FIG. 2, the
In the case of a capacitive touch panel, it is preferable to use an optical sheet described later for at least one of the transparent substrates. In addition, the transparent substrate may use an optical sheet to be described later as one base material as a multilayer structure including two or more base materials.
静電容量式タッチパネルが、上述の基本態様上にさらに別の透明基板を有する構成の場合、該別の透明基板として後述する光学シートを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面が前記基本態様と反対側を向くようにして、該凹凸面を操作者側に向けた場合には、静電容量式タッチパネルに防眩性を付与できるとともに、超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することができ、さらには超高精細の表示素子の解像度の低下を防止できる。また、この使い方の場合、タッチパネルの表面及び導電膜等に生じた傷、並びに電極パターンの形状を見えづらくできる点で好適である。
また、静電容量式タッチパネルが、透明基板上にＸ軸電極を形成し、別の透明基板上にＹ軸電極を形成し、接着剤等を介して積層する構成の場合、少なくとも一方の透明基板として後述する光学シートを含むものを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面を操作者側に向けた場合でも、上記と同様の効果を得ることができる。
なお、静電容量式タッチパネルの透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が操作者とは反対側を向くように用いた場合、ギラツキを防止できるとともに、密着や干渉縞を防止できる点で好適である。 When the capacitive touch panel has another transparent substrate on the basic mode described above, an optical sheet described later is used as the other transparent substrate, and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is opposite to the basic mode. When facing the operator with the concavo-convex surface facing the operator side, the capacitive touch panel can be provided with antiglare properties and can prevent glare of the ultra-high-definition display element. Can prevent a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element. In addition, this usage is preferable in that it is difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, and the like, and the shape of the electrode pattern.
In the case where the capacitive touch panel has a configuration in which an X-axis electrode is formed on a transparent substrate, a Y-axis electrode is formed on another transparent substrate, and laminated via an adhesive or the like, at least one transparent substrate As described above, the same effect as described above can be obtained even when an optical sheet including an optical sheet described later is used and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is directed toward the operator.
In addition, when an optical sheet described later is used as the transparent substrate of the capacitive touch panel so that the concavo-convex surface faces away from the operator, it is suitable in that it can prevent glare and prevent adhesion and interference fringes. It is.
また、静電容量式タッチパネルが、透明基板上にＸ軸電極を形成し、別の透明基板上にＹ軸電極を形成し、接着剤等を介して積層する構成の場合、少なくとも一方の透明基板として後述する光学シートを含むものを用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸面を操作者側に向けた場合でも、上記と同様の効果を得ることができる。
なお、静電容量式タッチパネルの透明基板として、後述する光学シートを凹凸面が操作者とは反対側を向くように用いた場合、ギラツキを防止できるとともに、密着や干渉縞を防止できる点で好適である。 When the capacitive touch panel has another transparent substrate on the basic mode described above, an optical sheet described later is used as the other transparent substrate, and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is opposite to the basic mode. When facing the operator with the concavo-convex surface facing the operator side, the capacitive touch panel can be provided with antiglare properties and can prevent glare of the ultra-high-definition display element. Can prevent a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element. In addition, this usage is preferable in that it is difficult to see the scratches on the surface of the touch panel, the conductive film, and the like, and the shape of the electrode pattern.
In the case where the capacitive touch panel has a configuration in which an X-axis electrode is formed on a transparent substrate, a Y-axis electrode is formed on another transparent substrate, and laminated via an adhesive or the like, at least one transparent substrate As described above, the same effect as described above can be obtained even when an optical sheet including an optical sheet described later is used and the uneven surface of the optical sheet is directed toward the operator.
In addition, when an optical sheet described later is used as the transparent substrate of the capacitive touch panel so that the concavo-convex surface faces away from the operator, it is suitable in that it can prevent glare and prevent adhesion and interference fringes. It is.
（光学シート）
本発明のタッチパネルに用いる光学シートは、表面に凹凸形状を有し、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものである。
光学シートは、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たせばよいが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、並びに、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすことが好ましい。 (Optical sheet)
The optical sheet used in the touch panel of the present invention has a concavo-convex shape on the surface and satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
The optical sheet may satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or may satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, but the above conditions A-1 and A-2, and the above condition B- It is preferable to satisfy 1 and B-2.
本発明のタッチパネルに用いる光学シートは、表面に凹凸形状を有し、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものである。
光学シートは、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たせばよいが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、並びに、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすことが好ましい。 (Optical sheet)
The optical sheet used in the touch panel of the present invention has a concavo-convex shape on the surface and satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
The optical sheet may satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or may satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, but the above conditions A-1 and A-2, and the above condition B- It is preferable to satisfy 1 and B-2.
条件Ａ－１のσＳＲａは、６４μｍ四方の各測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａのバラツキの度合いを示している。６４μｍ四方という大きさはカラーフィルターの画素の大きさと対応しているため、この領域ごとの凹凸度合いがばらついていると、カラーフィルターとの干渉により輝度ムラが生じやすくなる。
したがって、σＳＲａを０．０５０μｍ以下とすることにより、カラーフィルターの画素と凹凸層の干渉による輝度ムラが小さくなり、ギラツキを防止しやすくできる。
σＳＲａは、０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、０．０３０μｍ以下であることがより好ましい。 Σ SRa in condition A-1 indicates the degree of variation in the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement region of 64 μm square. Since the size of 64 μm square corresponds to the size of the pixel of the color filter, if the unevenness varies for each region, unevenness in brightness tends to occur due to interference with the color filter.
Therefore, by setting σ SRa to 0.050 μm or less, luminance unevenness due to interference between the pixels of the color filter and the uneven layer is reduced, and glare can be easily prevented.
σ SRa is preferably 0.040 μm or less, and more preferably 0.030 μm or less.
したがって、σＳＲａを０．０５０μｍ以下とすることにより、カラーフィルターの画素と凹凸層の干渉による輝度ムラが小さくなり、ギラツキを防止しやすくできる。
σＳＲａは、０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましく、０．０３０μｍ以下であることがより好ましい。 Σ SRa in condition A-1 indicates the degree of variation in the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement region of 64 μm square. Since the size of 64 μm square corresponds to the size of the pixel of the color filter, if the unevenness varies for each region, unevenness in brightness tends to occur due to interference with the color filter.
Therefore, by setting σ SRa to 0.050 μm or less, luminance unevenness due to interference between the pixels of the color filter and the uneven layer is reduced, and glare can be easily prevented.
σ SRa is preferably 0.040 μm or less, and more preferably 0.030 μm or less.
条件Ａ－２のＳＲａＡＶＥは、光学シートの凹凸形状の粗さの程度を示している。ＳＲａＡＶＥを０．１００μｍ以上とすることにより、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を確保しやすくできる。また、ＳＲａＡＶＥを０．１００μｍ以上とすることにより、電極の形状や光学シートの傷を目立ちにくくすることができる。
前記諸性能のうちの防眩性の観点から、ＳＲａＡＶＥは、０．１１０μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．１１５μｍであることがより好ましい。
なお、ＳＲａＡＶＥが大き過ぎる場合、解像度及びコントラストが低下する傾向にある。このため、ＳＲａＡＶＥは、０．３００μｍ以下であることが好ましく、０．２００μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、０．１７５μｍ以下であることがさらに好ましい。
本発明において、ＳＲａは、カットオフ値０．８ｍｍとした値である。 SRa AVE in Condition A-2 indicates the degree of roughness of the uneven shape of the optical sheet. By setting SRa AVE to 0.100 μm or more, it is possible to easily secure various performances imparted by uneven shapes such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property. Further, by setting SRa AVE to 0.100 μm or more, it is possible to make the electrode shape and the scratch on the optical sheet less noticeable.
From the viewpoint of antiglare property among the various performances, SRa AVE is preferably 0.110 μm or more, and more preferably 0.115 μm.
If SRa AVE is too large, the resolution and contrast tend to decrease. For this reason, SRa AVE is preferably 0.300 μm or less, more preferably 0.200 μm or less, and further preferably 0.175 μm or less.
In the present invention, SRa is a value with a cutoff value of 0.8 mm.
前記諸性能のうちの防眩性の観点から、ＳＲａＡＶＥは、０．１１０μｍ以上であることが好ましく、０．１１５μｍであることがより好ましい。
なお、ＳＲａＡＶＥが大き過ぎる場合、解像度及びコントラストが低下する傾向にある。このため、ＳＲａＡＶＥは、０．３００μｍ以下であることが好ましく、０．２００μｍ以下であることがより好ましく、０．１７５μｍ以下であることがさらに好ましい。
本発明において、ＳＲａは、カットオフ値０．８ｍｍとした値である。 SRa AVE in Condition A-2 indicates the degree of roughness of the uneven shape of the optical sheet. By setting SRa AVE to 0.100 μm or more, it is possible to easily secure various performances imparted by uneven shapes such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property. Further, by setting SRa AVE to 0.100 μm or more, it is possible to make the electrode shape and the scratch on the optical sheet less noticeable.
From the viewpoint of antiglare property among the various performances, SRa AVE is preferably 0.110 μm or more, and more preferably 0.115 μm.
If SRa AVE is too large, the resolution and contrast tend to decrease. For this reason, SRa AVE is preferably 0.300 μm or less, more preferably 0.200 μm or less, and further preferably 0.175 μm or less.
In the present invention, SRa is a value with a cutoff value of 0.8 mm.
次に、条件Ｂ－１について説明する。
Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５、Ｃ１．０及びＣ２．０の値には、凹凸の傾斜角が影響していると考えられる。ここで、凹凸の傾斜角のレベルを５つに分け、レベル１を最も小さい傾斜角とした場合、Ｃ０．１２５はレベル１以上の傾斜角、Ｃ０．２５はレベル２以上の傾斜角、Ｃ０．５はレベル３以上の傾斜角、Ｃ１．０はレベル４以上の傾斜角、Ｃ２．０はレベル５以上の傾斜角の影響を受けて、数値が１００％未満となっていると考えられる。
条件Ｂ－１を満たすことは、レベル１以上の傾斜角、レベル２以上の傾斜角、レベル３以上の傾斜角、及びレベル４以上の傾斜角の量がほぼ一定であることを示している。言い換えると、条件Ｂ－１を満たすことは、光学シートの凹凸にはレベル３以下の傾斜角がほとんど存在せず、ほとんどの傾斜角がレベル４であることを意味している。そして、表面粗さに大差がないことを前提とすれば、光学シートの凹凸のほとんどの傾斜角をレベル４とすることにより、光学シートの面内の凹凸のバラツキが少なくなり、ギラツキを防止しやすくできると考えられる。
条件Ｂ－１の差は、５．５％以内であることがより好ましく、４．０％以内であることがさらに好ましい。 Next, the condition B-1 will be described.
The values of C 0.125 , C 0.25 , C 0.5 , C 1.0 and C 2.0 are considered to be affected by the inclination angle of the unevenness. Here, when the inclination angle level of the unevenness is divided into five andlevel 1 is the smallest inclination angle, C 0.125 is an inclination angle of level 1 or higher, C 0.25 is an inclination angle of level 2 or higher, C 0.5 is affected by a tilt angle of level 3 or higher, C 1.0 is affected by a tilt angle of level 4 or higher, and C 2.0 is affected by a tilt angle of level 5 or higher. it is conceivable that.
Satisfying the condition B-1 indicates that the amounts of the tilt angle oflevel 1 or higher, the tilt angle of level 2 or higher, the tilt angle of level 3 or higher, and the tilt angle of level 4 or higher are substantially constant. In other words, satisfying the condition B-1 means that the unevenness of the optical sheet has almost no inclination angle of level 3 or less, and most of the inclination angles are level 4. If it is assumed that there is no large difference in surface roughness, by setting most inclination angles of the unevenness of the optical sheet to level 4, unevenness of the unevenness in the surface of the optical sheet is reduced, and glare is prevented. It can be easily done.
The difference in condition B-1 is more preferably within 5.5%, and even more preferably within 4.0%.
Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５、Ｃ１．０及びＣ２．０の値には、凹凸の傾斜角が影響していると考えられる。ここで、凹凸の傾斜角のレベルを５つに分け、レベル１を最も小さい傾斜角とした場合、Ｃ０．１２５はレベル１以上の傾斜角、Ｃ０．２５はレベル２以上の傾斜角、Ｃ０．５はレベル３以上の傾斜角、Ｃ１．０はレベル４以上の傾斜角、Ｃ２．０はレベル５以上の傾斜角の影響を受けて、数値が１００％未満となっていると考えられる。
条件Ｂ－１を満たすことは、レベル１以上の傾斜角、レベル２以上の傾斜角、レベル３以上の傾斜角、及びレベル４以上の傾斜角の量がほぼ一定であることを示している。言い換えると、条件Ｂ－１を満たすことは、光学シートの凹凸にはレベル３以下の傾斜角がほとんど存在せず、ほとんどの傾斜角がレベル４であることを意味している。そして、表面粗さに大差がないことを前提とすれば、光学シートの凹凸のほとんどの傾斜角をレベル４とすることにより、光学シートの面内の凹凸のバラツキが少なくなり、ギラツキを防止しやすくできると考えられる。
条件Ｂ－１の差は、５．５％以内であることがより好ましく、４．０％以内であることがさらに好ましい。 Next, the condition B-1 will be described.
The values of C 0.125 , C 0.25 , C 0.5 , C 1.0 and C 2.0 are considered to be affected by the inclination angle of the unevenness. Here, when the inclination angle level of the unevenness is divided into five and
Satisfying the condition B-1 indicates that the amounts of the tilt angle of
The difference in condition B-1 is more preferably within 5.5%, and even more preferably within 4.0%.
条件Ｂ－２を満たすことは、レベル１～４の傾斜角に対して、レベル５以上の傾斜角の割合が少ないことを意味している。傾斜角が大きいとギラツキへの影響が大きくなり、レベル５以上になるとその傾向が顕著になると考えられる。
したがって、条件Ｂ－２を満たす（レベル５以上の傾斜角の割合を少なくする）ことで、ギラツキを防止しやすくできると考えられる。さらに、条件Ｂ－２を満たしてレベル５以上の傾斜角の割合を少なくすることにより、解像度を良好にできると考えられる。
また、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を同時に満たすことで、ほとんどの傾斜角がレベル４となるため、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を確保しやすくできるとともに、電極の形状や光学シートの傷を目立ちにくくすることができる。
条件Ｂ－２の差は、１１．０％以上であることがより好ましく、１１．５％以上であることがさらに好ましい。
なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能をより良好とするため、条件Ｂ－２は２０．０％以下であることが好ましい。 Satisfying condition B-2 means that the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher is small with respect to the inclination angles oflevels 1 to 4. If the angle of inclination is large, the effect on glare will increase, and if it is level 5 or higher, the tendency will be conspicuous.
Therefore, it is considered that glare can be easily prevented by satisfying Condition B-2 (reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher). Furthermore, it is considered that the resolution can be improved by satisfying the condition B-2 and reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher.
In addition, satisfying the conditions B-1 and B-2 at the same time ensures that most tilt angles are at level 4, ensuring various performances imparted by uneven shapes such as anti-glare properties, adhesion prevention properties and interference fringe prevention properties. In addition, it is possible to make the electrode shape and scratches on the optical sheet less noticeable.
The difference in Condition B-2 is more preferably 11.0% or more, and further preferably 11.5% or more.
In order to improve the various properties imparted by the uneven shape such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property, the condition B-2 is preferably 20.0% or less.
したがって、条件Ｂ－２を満たす（レベル５以上の傾斜角の割合を少なくする）ことで、ギラツキを防止しやすくできると考えられる。さらに、条件Ｂ－２を満たしてレベル５以上の傾斜角の割合を少なくすることにより、解像度を良好にできると考えられる。
また、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を同時に満たすことで、ほとんどの傾斜角がレベル４となるため、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を確保しやすくできるとともに、電極の形状や光学シートの傷を目立ちにくくすることができる。
条件Ｂ－２の差は、１１．０％以上であることがより好ましく、１１．５％以上であることがさらに好ましい。
なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能をより良好とするため、条件Ｂ－２は２０．０％以下であることが好ましい。 Satisfying condition B-2 means that the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher is small with respect to the inclination angles of
Therefore, it is considered that glare can be easily prevented by satisfying Condition B-2 (reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher). Furthermore, it is considered that the resolution can be improved by satisfying the condition B-2 and reducing the ratio of the inclination angle of level 5 or higher.
In addition, satisfying the conditions B-1 and B-2 at the same time ensures that most tilt angles are at level 4, ensuring various performances imparted by uneven shapes such as anti-glare properties, adhesion prevention properties and interference fringe prevention properties. In addition, it is possible to make the electrode shape and scratches on the optical sheet less noticeable.
The difference in Condition B-2 is more preferably 11.0% or more, and further preferably 11.5% or more.
In order to improve the various properties imparted by the uneven shape such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property, the condition B-2 is preferably 20.0% or less.
以上のように、条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすこと、並びに、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすことは、何れも、一定レベルの凹凸を付与しながら、凹凸のバラツキ度合いが少ないことを意味する点で共通している。
As described above, satisfying the conditions A-1 and A-2 and satisfying the conditions B-1 and B-2 both provide a certain level of unevenness and have a small degree of unevenness. It is common in the point that means.
条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、あるいは条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２は、光学シートの略全域で満たすことが好ましい。略全域としたのは、光学シートの端部は切断時等に微小な欠陥を生じる可能性があり、端部に欠陥があったとしても視認者は欠陥として認識しにくいるためである。また、光学シートの端部周辺は視覚的に視認しにくい領域である。このため、条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、あるいは条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を、光学シートの４辺の端部から１０ｍｍを除いた領域の９５％以上において満たすことが好ましく、該領域の９７％以上において満たすことがより好ましく、該領域の９９％以上において満たすことがさらに好ましい。後述する条件Ｂ－３、Ｂ－４及びその他のパラメータも同様である。
It is preferable that the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied over almost the entire area of the optical sheet. The reason why the substantially entire area is defined is that the end of the optical sheet may cause a minute defect at the time of cutting or the like, and even if the end has a defect, it is difficult for the viewer to recognize it as a defect. Further, the periphery of the end of the optical sheet is a region that is difficult to visually recognize. For this reason, it is preferable that the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied in 95% or more of the area excluding 10 mm from the ends of the four sides of the optical sheet. It is more preferable to satisfy 97% or more, and it is more preferable to satisfy 99% or more of the region. The same applies to conditions B-3, B-4 and other parameters described later.
また、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２による効果をより発揮しやすくするために、以下の条件Ｂ－３及びＢ－４を満たすことが好ましい。
条件Ｂ－３：Ｃ０．１２５が３０．０％以上。
条件Ｂ－４：Ｃ２．０が４０．０％以上。
条件Ｂ－３は、Ｃ０．１２５が３５．０％以上であることがより好ましく、４０．０％以上であることがさらに好ましい。なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を良好とするため、Ｃ０．１２５は５０．０％以下であることが好ましい。
条件Ｂ－４は、Ｃ２．０が５０．０％以上であることがより好ましく、５５．０％以上であることがさらに好ましい。なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を良好とするため、Ｃ２．０は７０．０％以下であることが好ましい。 Further, in order to make it easier to exert the effects of the conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to satisfy the following conditions B-3 and B-4.
Condition B-3: C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
Condition B-4: C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
In Condition B-3, C 0.125 is more preferably 35.0% or more, and further preferably 40.0% or more. C 0.125 is preferably 50.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by the uneven shape such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property.
In Condition B-4, C 2.0 is more preferably 50.0% or more, and further preferably 55.0% or more. C 2.0 is preferably 70.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by uneven shapes such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property, and interference fringe prevention property.
条件Ｂ－３：Ｃ０．１２５が３０．０％以上。
条件Ｂ－４：Ｃ２．０が４０．０％以上。
条件Ｂ－３は、Ｃ０．１２５が３５．０％以上であることがより好ましく、４０．０％以上であることがさらに好ましい。なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を良好とするため、Ｃ０．１２５は５０．０％以下であることが好ましい。
条件Ｂ－４は、Ｃ２．０が５０．０％以上であることがより好ましく、５５．０％以上であることがさらに好ましい。なお、防眩性、密着防止性及び干渉縞防止性等の凹凸形状によって付与する諸性能を良好とするため、Ｃ２．０は７０．０％以下であることが好ましい。 Further, in order to make it easier to exert the effects of the conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to satisfy the following conditions B-3 and B-4.
Condition B-3: C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
Condition B-4: C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
In Condition B-3, C 0.125 is more preferably 35.0% or more, and further preferably 40.0% or more. C 0.125 is preferably 50.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by the uneven shape such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property and interference fringe prevention property.
In Condition B-4, C 2.0 is more preferably 50.0% or more, and further preferably 55.0% or more. C 2.0 is preferably 70.0% or less in order to improve various properties imparted by uneven shapes such as antiglare property, adhesion prevention property, and interference fringe prevention property.
なお、本発明においてＳＲａはＪＩＳ Ｂ０６０１：１９９４に記載されている２次元粗さパラメータの算術平均粗さＲａを３次元に拡張したものであり、基準面に直交座標軸Ｘ、Ｙ軸を置き、粗さ曲面をＺ（ｘ，ｙ）、基準面の大きさをＬｘ、Ｌｙとすると下記式（ａ）で算出される。
（式中、Ａ＝Ｌｘ×Ｌｙ）
また、Ｘ軸方向にｉ番目、Ｙ軸方向にｊ番目の点の位置における高さをＺｉ，ｊとすると、上記算術平均粗さＳａは、下記式（ｂ）で算出される。
なお、各領域でのＳＲａを算出する際の基準面は、各領域毎に基準面を求めるのではなく、測定範囲全体で求めた基準面とした。 In the present invention, SRa is obtained by expanding the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two-dimensional roughness parameter described in JIS B0601: 1994 to three dimensions, and placing the orthogonal coordinate axes X and Y axes on the reference plane, If the curved surface is Z (x, y) and the size of the reference surface is Lx, Ly, the following equation (a) is calculated.
(Where A = Lx × Ly)
When the height at the position of the i-th point in the X-axis direction and the j-th point in the Y-axis direction is Z i, j , the arithmetic average roughness Sa is calculated by the following formula (b).
Note that the reference plane for calculating SRa in each region was not a reference plane for each region, but a reference plane obtained for the entire measurement range.
（式中、Ａ＝Ｌｘ×Ｌｙ）
また、Ｘ軸方向にｉ番目、Ｙ軸方向にｊ番目の点の位置における高さをＺｉ，ｊとすると、上記算術平均粗さＳａは、下記式（ｂ）で算出される。
なお、各領域でのＳＲａを算出する際の基準面は、各領域毎に基準面を求めるのではなく、測定範囲全体で求めた基準面とした。 In the present invention, SRa is obtained by expanding the arithmetic average roughness Ra of the two-dimensional roughness parameter described in JIS B0601: 1994 to three dimensions, and placing the orthogonal coordinate axes X and Y axes on the reference plane, If the curved surface is Z (x, y) and the size of the reference surface is Lx, Ly, the following equation (a) is calculated.
(Where A = Lx × Ly)
When the height at the position of the i-th point in the X-axis direction and the j-th point in the Y-axis direction is Z i, j , the arithmetic average roughness Sa is calculated by the following formula (b).
Note that the reference plane for calculating SRa in each region was not a reference plane for each region, but a reference plane obtained for the entire measurement range.
条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２の測定では、合計１００個以上の数の測定領域を設けるものとする。また、各測定領域は連続させて間隔を空けないものとする。また、各測定領域は、Ｘ方向及びこれに直交するＹ方向の２つの方向に連続させることが好ましい。例えば、測定領域の合計数を１００個とする場合、６４μｍ×６４００μｍの領域から１００個の測定領域を形成するのではなく、６４０μｍ四方の領域から１００個の測定領域を形成することが好ましい。
三次元粗さ曲面は、簡便性から干渉顕微鏡を用いて測定することが好ましい。このような干渉顕微鏡としては、Ｚｙｇｏ社製の「Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ」シリーズ等が挙げられる。また、ＳＲａは上述の干渉顕微鏡「Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ」シリーズに付属の測定・解析アプリケーションソフト「ＭｅｔｒｏＰｒｏ」により算出できる。 In the measurement under conditions A-1 and A-2, a total of 100 or more measurement areas are provided. In addition, it is assumed that the measurement areas are continuous and do not leave a space. Each measurement region is preferably continuous in two directions, ie, the X direction and the Y direction orthogonal thereto. For example, when the total number of measurement regions is 100, it is preferable to form 100 measurement regions from a 640 μm square region, instead of forming 100 measurement regions from a 64 μm × 6400 μm region.
The three-dimensional roughness curved surface is preferably measured using an interference microscope for simplicity. Examples of such an interference microscope include “New View” series manufactured by Zygo. SRa can be calculated by the measurement / analysis application software “MetroPro” attached to the above-described interference microscope “New View” series.
三次元粗さ曲面は、簡便性から干渉顕微鏡を用いて測定することが好ましい。このような干渉顕微鏡としては、Ｚｙｇｏ社製の「Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ」シリーズ等が挙げられる。また、ＳＲａは上述の干渉顕微鏡「Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ」シリーズに付属の測定・解析アプリケーションソフト「ＭｅｔｒｏＰｒｏ」により算出できる。 In the measurement under conditions A-1 and A-2, a total of 100 or more measurement areas are provided. In addition, it is assumed that the measurement areas are continuous and do not leave a space. Each measurement region is preferably continuous in two directions, ie, the X direction and the Y direction orthogonal thereto. For example, when the total number of measurement regions is 100, it is preferable to form 100 measurement regions from a 640 μm square region, instead of forming 100 measurement regions from a 64 μm × 6400 μm region.
The three-dimensional roughness curved surface is preferably measured using an interference microscope for simplicity. Examples of such an interference microscope include “New View” series manufactured by Zygo. SRa can be calculated by the measurement / analysis application software “MetroPro” attached to the above-described interference microscope “New View” series.
本発明のタッチパネルで用いる光学シートは、上述した条件によりギラツキ防止性を向上できるため、内部へイズを必要以上に高くする必要がなくなり、超高精細な表示素子の解像度の低下を防止することができる。
Since the optical sheet used in the touch panel of the present invention can improve the glare prevention property under the above-described conditions, it is not necessary to increase the noise to the inside more than necessary, and the resolution of the ultra-high-definition display element can be prevented from being lowered. it can.
光学シートは、ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３６１－１：１９９７の全光線透過率が８０％以上であることが好ましく、８５％以上であることがより好ましく、９０％以上であることがさらに好ましい。
The optical sheet preferably has a total light transmittance of JIS K7361-1: 1997 of 80% or more, more preferably 85% or more, and further preferably 90% or more.
光学シートは、ＪＩＳ Ｋ７１３６：２０００のヘイズが２５～６０％であることが好ましく、３０～６０％であることがより好ましく、３０～５０％であることがさらに好ましい。ヘイズを２５％以上とすることにより、防眩性を付与するとともに、電極の形状や傷を見えづらくすることができる。また、ヘイズを６０％以下とすることにより、超高精細の表示素子の解像度の低下を防止するとともに、コントラストの低下を防止しやすくできる。
The optical sheet preferably has a haze of JIS K7136: 2000 of 25 to 60%, more preferably 30 to 60%, and further preferably 30 to 50%. By setting the haze to 25% or more, it is possible to impart antiglare properties and make it difficult to see the shape and scratches of the electrode. Further, by setting the haze to 60% or less, it is possible to prevent a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element and to easily prevent a decrease in contrast.
また、ヘイズを表面ヘイズ（Ｈｓ）と内部ヘイズ（Ｈｉ）とに分けた場合、表面へイズは５～２５％であることが好ましく、５～２０％であることがより好ましく、７～１５％であることがさらに好ましい。表面ヘイズを５％以上とすることにより、防眩性を良好にするとともに、電極の形状や傷を見えづらくすることができ、２５％以下とすることにより、コントラストの低下や解像度の低下を防止しやすくできる。
また、内部へイズは、１５～４０％であることが好ましく、２０～４０％であることがより好ましく、２５～３８％であることがさらに好ましい。内部ヘイズを１５％以上とすることにより、表面凹凸との相乗作用によりギラツキを防止しやすくでき、４０％以下とすることにより、超高精細の表示素子の解像度の低下を防止できる。
また、表面ヘイズと内部へイズとの比（Ｈｓ／Ｈｉ）は、上述した表面ヘイズと内部へイズの効果のバランスの観点から、０．１～０．５であることが好ましく、０．２～０．４であることがより好ましい。
表面ヘイズ及び内部へイズは、例えば、実施例に記載の方法で求めることができる。 When haze is divided into surface haze (Hs) and internal haze (Hi), the surface haze is preferably 5 to 25%, more preferably 5 to 20%, and more preferably 7 to 15%. More preferably. By setting the surface haze to 5% or more, it is possible to improve the antiglare property and make it difficult to see the shape and scratches of the electrode. By setting the surface haze to 25% or less, the contrast and resolution are prevented from being lowered. It can be done easily.
The internal haze is preferably 15 to 40%, more preferably 20 to 40%, and further preferably 25 to 38%. By setting the internal haze to 15% or more, it is easy to prevent glare due to a synergistic effect with the surface unevenness, and by setting the internal haze to 40% or less, it is possible to prevent the resolution of the ultrahigh-definition display element from being lowered.
The ratio of surface haze to internal haze (Hs / Hi) is preferably 0.1 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of the balance between the effects of surface haze and internal haze described above, and is preferably 0.2 to 0.2. More preferably, it is from 0.4.
The surface haze and internal haze can be determined by, for example, the method described in Examples.
また、内部へイズは、１５～４０％であることが好ましく、２０～４０％であることがより好ましく、２５～３８％であることがさらに好ましい。内部ヘイズを１５％以上とすることにより、表面凹凸との相乗作用によりギラツキを防止しやすくでき、４０％以下とすることにより、超高精細の表示素子の解像度の低下を防止できる。
また、表面ヘイズと内部へイズとの比（Ｈｓ／Ｈｉ）は、上述した表面ヘイズと内部へイズの効果のバランスの観点から、０．１～０．５であることが好ましく、０．２～０．４であることがより好ましい。
表面ヘイズ及び内部へイズは、例えば、実施例に記載の方法で求めることができる。 When haze is divided into surface haze (Hs) and internal haze (Hi), the surface haze is preferably 5 to 25%, more preferably 5 to 20%, and more preferably 7 to 15%. More preferably. By setting the surface haze to 5% or more, it is possible to improve the antiglare property and make it difficult to see the shape and scratches of the electrode. By setting the surface haze to 25% or less, the contrast and resolution are prevented from being lowered. It can be done easily.
The internal haze is preferably 15 to 40%, more preferably 20 to 40%, and further preferably 25 to 38%. By setting the internal haze to 15% or more, it is easy to prevent glare due to a synergistic effect with the surface unevenness, and by setting the internal haze to 40% or less, it is possible to prevent the resolution of the ultrahigh-definition display element from being lowered.
The ratio of surface haze to internal haze (Hs / Hi) is preferably 0.1 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of the balance between the effects of surface haze and internal haze described above, and is preferably 0.2 to 0.2. More preferably, it is from 0.4.
The surface haze and internal haze can be determined by, for example, the method described in Examples.
上述の光学シートは、少なくとも一方の面に凹凸形状を有し、条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものであれば、特に制限することなく使用できる。また、凹凸形状は光学シートの両面に有していてもよいが、取り扱い性、映像の視認性（解像度、白化）の観点から、凹凸形状を片面に有し、他方の面は略平滑（Ｒａ０．０２μｍ以下）であることが好ましい。
また、光学シートは、凹凸層の単層であってもよいし、透明基材上に凹凸層を有する複層であってもよい。取り扱い性及び製造の容易性からは、透明基材上に凹凸層を有する構成が好適である。 The optical sheet described above is particularly limited as long as it has a concavo-convex shape on at least one surface and satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Can be used without In addition, the concave and convex shape may be provided on both surfaces of the optical sheet, but from the viewpoint of handling properties and image visibility (resolution, whitening), the concave and convex shape is provided on one side, and the other surface is substantially smooth (Ra0). 0.02 μm or less).
In addition, the optical sheet may be a single layer of a concavo-convex layer or a multilayer having a concavo-convex layer on a transparent substrate. From the viewpoint of ease of handling and manufacturing, a configuration having an uneven layer on a transparent substrate is preferable.
また、光学シートは、凹凸層の単層であってもよいし、透明基材上に凹凸層を有する複層であってもよい。取り扱い性及び製造の容易性からは、透明基材上に凹凸層を有する構成が好適である。 The optical sheet described above is particularly limited as long as it has a concavo-convex shape on at least one surface and satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Can be used without In addition, the concave and convex shape may be provided on both surfaces of the optical sheet, but from the viewpoint of handling properties and image visibility (resolution, whitening), the concave and convex shape is provided on one side, and the other surface is substantially smooth (Ra0). 0.02 μm or less).
In addition, the optical sheet may be a single layer of a concavo-convex layer or a multilayer having a concavo-convex layer on a transparent substrate. From the viewpoint of ease of handling and manufacturing, a configuration having an uneven layer on a transparent substrate is preferable.
凹凸の形成方法としては、例えば、１）エンボスロールを用いた方法、２）エッチング処理、３）型による成型、４）コーティングによる塗膜の形成等が挙げられる。これら方法の中では、凹凸形状の再現性の観点からは３）の型による成型が好適であり、生産性及び多品種対応の観点からは４）のコーティングによる塗膜の形成が好適である。
Examples of the method for forming irregularities include 1) a method using an embossing roll, 2) an etching process, 3) molding by a mold, 4) formation of a coating film by coating, and the like. Among these methods, the molding by the mold 3) is preferable from the viewpoint of reproducibility of the uneven shape, and the formation of the coating film by the coating of 4) is preferable from the viewpoint of productivity and a variety of products.
型による成型は、凹凸面と相補的な形状からなる型を作製し、当該型に高分子樹脂やガラス等の凹凸層を構成する材料を流し込んで硬化させた後、型から取り出すことにより製造することができる。透明基材を使用する場合には、型に高分子樹脂等を流し込み、その上に透明基材を重ね合わせた後、高分子樹脂等を硬化させ、透明基材ごと型から取り出すことにより製造することができる。
Molding with a mold is performed by producing a mold having a shape complementary to the concave and convex surface, pouring a material constituting the concave and convex layer such as a polymer resin or glass into the mold and curing it, and then removing the mold from the mold. be able to. When a transparent substrate is used, a polymer resin or the like is poured into a mold, and after overlaying the transparent substrate on the mold, the polymer resin or the like is cured, and the entire transparent substrate is taken out from the mold. be able to.
コーティングによる塗膜の形成は、バインダー樹脂及び粒子を含有してなる凹凸層形成塗布液を、グラビアコーティング、バーコーティング等の公知の塗布方法により透明基材上に塗布し、必要に応じて乾燥、硬化することにより形成することができる。
条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすためには、凹凸層形成塗布液中に、粒子として有機粒子及び無機微粒子を含有させることが好ましい。このように凹凸層中に異種の粒子を含有することにより、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくできると考えられる。 Formation of a coating film by coating is performed by applying an uneven layer forming coating solution containing a binder resin and particles on a transparent substrate by a known coating method such as gravure coating and bar coating, and drying as necessary. It can be formed by curing.
In order to satisfy the conditions A-1 and A-2, or to satisfy the conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to contain organic particles and inorganic fine particles as particles in the uneven layer forming coating solution. Thus, it is considered that variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be reduced by containing different kinds of particles in the concavo-convex layer.
条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすためには、凹凸層形成塗布液中に、粒子として有機粒子及び無機微粒子を含有させることが好ましい。このように凹凸層中に異種の粒子を含有することにより、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくできると考えられる。 Formation of a coating film by coating is performed by applying an uneven layer forming coating solution containing a binder resin and particles on a transparent substrate by a known coating method such as gravure coating and bar coating, and drying as necessary. It can be formed by curing.
In order to satisfy the conditions A-1 and A-2, or to satisfy the conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to contain organic particles and inorganic fine particles as particles in the uneven layer forming coating solution. Thus, it is considered that variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be reduced by containing different kinds of particles in the concavo-convex layer.
図３は、バインダー樹脂、有機粒子及び無機微粒子を含有してなる凹凸層形成塗布液をコーティングして形成してなる、実施例１の光学シートの凹凸層の断面を示す走査型透過電子顕微鏡写真（ＳＴＥＭ）である。
通常、有機粒子の存在しない箇所は凹凸層の表面が略平滑となるが、図３の凹凸層は有機粒子の存在しない箇所も緩やかな傾斜を有している。この原因は、無機微粒子により、塗布液のチキソトロピー性及び溶媒の乾燥特性が影響を受け、通常のようなレベリングが生じていないためと考えられる。このように、有機粒子の存在しない箇所にも緩やかな傾斜が形成されることにより、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなり、条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすことができると考えられる。 FIG. 3 is a scanning transmission electron micrograph showing a cross-section of the concavo-convex layer of the optical sheet of Example 1 formed by coating a concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution containing a binder resin, organic particles, and inorganic fine particles. (STEM).
Usually, the surface of the concavo-convex layer is substantially smooth at the place where the organic particles are not present, but the concavo-convex layer of FIG. 3 has a gentle slope at the place where the organic particles are not present. This is presumably because the inorganic fine particles affect the thixotropy of the coating solution and the drying characteristics of the solvent, and normal leveling does not occur. As described above, a gentle slope is formed even in a portion where no organic particles exist, so that the surface shape of the uneven layer is less varied, and the conditions A-1 and A-2 are satisfied, or the condition B- 1 and B-2 can be satisfied.
通常、有機粒子の存在しない箇所は凹凸層の表面が略平滑となるが、図３の凹凸層は有機粒子の存在しない箇所も緩やかな傾斜を有している。この原因は、無機微粒子により、塗布液のチキソトロピー性及び溶媒の乾燥特性が影響を受け、通常のようなレベリングが生じていないためと考えられる。このように、有機粒子の存在しない箇所にも緩やかな傾斜が形成されることにより、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなり、条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすことができると考えられる。 FIG. 3 is a scanning transmission electron micrograph showing a cross-section of the concavo-convex layer of the optical sheet of Example 1 formed by coating a concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution containing a binder resin, organic particles, and inorganic fine particles. (STEM).
Usually, the surface of the concavo-convex layer is substantially smooth at the place where the organic particles are not present, but the concavo-convex layer of FIG. 3 has a gentle slope at the place where the organic particles are not present. This is presumably because the inorganic fine particles affect the thixotropy of the coating solution and the drying characteristics of the solvent, and normal leveling does not occur. As described above, a gentle slope is formed even in a portion where no organic particles exist, so that the surface shape of the uneven layer is less varied, and the conditions A-1 and A-2 are satisfied, or the condition B- 1 and B-2 can be satisfied.
有機粒子は、球形、円盤状、ラグビーボール状、不定形等の形状が挙げられ、また、これら形状の中空粒子、多孔質粒子及び中実粒子等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、ギラツキ防止の観点からは、球形の中実粒子が好適である。
有機粒子としては、ポリメチルメタクリレート、アクリル－スチレン共重合体、メラミン樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ベンゾグアナミン－メラミン－ホルムアルデヒド縮合物、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素系樹脂及びポリエステル等からなる粒子が挙げられる。
有機粒子は表面が親水化処理されていない非親水化処理有機粒子が好ましい。無機微粒子の代表例であるシリカ微粒子は親水性の度合いが高いため、非親水化処理有機粒子を用いることにより、有機粒子とシリカとが凹凸層内で密集することなく（例えば、有機粒子の周りにシリカが偏在することなく）均一に分散され、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすいためである。
また、上述の有機粒子の中でも、アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子及びポリスチレン粒子が好ましく、ポリスチレン粒子がより好ましい。アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子及びポリスチレン粒子は、比重が小さく凹凸層中で沈みにくいため、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなると考えられる。また、ポリスチレン粒子は疎水性の度合いが強いため、凹凸層内で無機微粒子の代表例であるシリカ微粒子と密集することなく均一に分散され、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなると考えられる。また、アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子は、屈折率及び親疎水の程度の制御が容易であることから、内部ヘイズ、及び凝集／分散の制御がしやすい点で良好である。 Examples of the organic particles include a spherical shape, a disk shape, a rugby ball shape, and an indefinite shape, and examples thereof include hollow particles, porous particles, and solid particles. Among these, spherical solid particles are preferable from the viewpoint of preventing glare.
Examples of the organic particles include particles composed of polymethyl methacrylate, acrylic-styrene copolymer, melamine resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, benzoguanamine-melamine-formaldehyde condensate, silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyester, and the like. .
The organic particles are preferably non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles whose surface is not hydrophilized. Silica fine particles, which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, have a high degree of hydrophilicity. Therefore, by using non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles, the organic particles and silica are not concentrated in the uneven layer (for example, around the organic particles). This is because the dispersion of the surface of the concavo-convex layer is easy to reduce.
Among the above-mentioned organic particles, acrylic-styrene copolymer particles and polystyrene particles are preferable, and polystyrene particles are more preferable. Since the acryl-styrene copolymer particles and the polystyrene particles have a small specific gravity and are difficult to sink in the concavo-convex layer, the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer is considered to have less variation. In addition, since the polystyrene particles have a strong degree of hydrophobicity, it is considered that the polystyrene particles are uniformly dispersed in the uneven layer without being densely mixed with silica fine particles, which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, and the surface shape of the uneven layer is less likely to vary. In addition, the acrylic-styrene copolymer particles are good in that the internal haze and the aggregation / dispersion can be easily controlled because the refractive index and the degree of hydrophilicity / hydrophobicity can be easily controlled.
有機粒子としては、ポリメチルメタクリレート、アクリル－スチレン共重合体、メラミン樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ベンゾグアナミン－メラミン－ホルムアルデヒド縮合物、シリコーン樹脂、フッ素系樹脂及びポリエステル等からなる粒子が挙げられる。
有機粒子は表面が親水化処理されていない非親水化処理有機粒子が好ましい。無機微粒子の代表例であるシリカ微粒子は親水性の度合いが高いため、非親水化処理有機粒子を用いることにより、有機粒子とシリカとが凹凸層内で密集することなく（例えば、有機粒子の周りにシリカが偏在することなく）均一に分散され、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすいためである。
また、上述の有機粒子の中でも、アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子及びポリスチレン粒子が好ましく、ポリスチレン粒子がより好ましい。アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子及びポリスチレン粒子は、比重が小さく凹凸層中で沈みにくいため、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなると考えられる。また、ポリスチレン粒子は疎水性の度合いが強いため、凹凸層内で無機微粒子の代表例であるシリカ微粒子と密集することなく均一に分散され、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくなると考えられる。また、アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子は、屈折率及び親疎水の程度の制御が容易であることから、内部ヘイズ、及び凝集／分散の制御がしやすい点で良好である。 Examples of the organic particles include a spherical shape, a disk shape, a rugby ball shape, and an indefinite shape, and examples thereof include hollow particles, porous particles, and solid particles. Among these, spherical solid particles are preferable from the viewpoint of preventing glare.
Examples of the organic particles include particles composed of polymethyl methacrylate, acrylic-styrene copolymer, melamine resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride, benzoguanamine-melamine-formaldehyde condensate, silicone resin, fluorine resin, polyester, and the like. .
The organic particles are preferably non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles whose surface is not hydrophilized. Silica fine particles, which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, have a high degree of hydrophilicity. Therefore, by using non-hydrophilic treatment organic particles, the organic particles and silica are not concentrated in the uneven layer (for example, around the organic particles). This is because the dispersion of the surface of the concavo-convex layer is easy to reduce.
Among the above-mentioned organic particles, acrylic-styrene copolymer particles and polystyrene particles are preferable, and polystyrene particles are more preferable. Since the acryl-styrene copolymer particles and the polystyrene particles have a small specific gravity and are difficult to sink in the concavo-convex layer, the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer is considered to have less variation. In addition, since the polystyrene particles have a strong degree of hydrophobicity, it is considered that the polystyrene particles are uniformly dispersed in the uneven layer without being densely mixed with silica fine particles, which are representative examples of inorganic fine particles, and the surface shape of the uneven layer is less likely to vary. In addition, the acrylic-styrene copolymer particles are good in that the internal haze and the aggregation / dispersion can be easily controlled because the refractive index and the degree of hydrophilicity / hydrophobicity can be easily controlled.
また、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくする観点からは、［有機粒子の比重／バインダー樹脂及び無機微粒子の混合物の比重］が１．０未満であることが好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer, it is preferable that [specific gravity of organic particles / specific gravity of a mixture of binder resin and inorganic fine particles] is less than 1.0.
有機粒子は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくする観点から、平均粒子径が２～１０μｍであることが好ましく、３～８μｍであることがより好ましい。
また、有機粒子の平均粒子径と凹凸層の厚みとの比（有機粒子の平均粒子径／凹凸層の厚み）は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくする観点から、０．４～０．８であることが好ましく、０．５～０．７であることがより好ましい。 The organic particles preferably have an average particle diameter of 2 to 10 μm, and more preferably 3 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
The ratio of the average particle diameter of the organic particles to the thickness of the concavo-convex layer (average particle diameter of the organic particles / thickness of the concavo-convex layer) is 0.4 to 0.00 from the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. 8 is preferable, and 0.5 to 0.7 is more preferable.
また、有機粒子の平均粒子径と凹凸層の厚みとの比（有機粒子の平均粒子径／凹凸層の厚み）は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくする観点から、０．４～０．８であることが好ましく、０．５～０．７であることがより好ましい。 The organic particles preferably have an average particle diameter of 2 to 10 μm, and more preferably 3 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
The ratio of the average particle diameter of the organic particles to the thickness of the concavo-convex layer (average particle diameter of the organic particles / thickness of the concavo-convex layer) is 0.4 to 0.00 from the viewpoint of reducing the variation in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. 8 is preferable, and 0.5 to 0.7 is more preferable.
有機粒子の平均粒子径は、以下の（１）～（３）の作業により算出できる。
（１）本発明の光学シートを光学顕微鏡にて透過観察画像を撮像する。倍率は５００～２０００倍が好ましい。
（２）観察画像から任意の１０個の粒子を抽出し、個々の粒子の長径及び短径を測定し、長径及び短径の平均から個々の粒子の粒子径を算出する。長径は、個々の粒子の画面上において最も長い径とする。また、短径は、長径を構成する線分の中点に直交する線分を引き、該直交する線分が粒子と交わる２点間の距離をいうものとする。
（３）同じサンプルの別画面の観察画像において同様の作業を５回行って、合計５０個分の粒子径の数平均から得られる値を有機粒子の平均粒子径とする。
無機微粒子の平均一次粒子径及び無機微粒子の凝集体の平均粒子径は、まず、本発明の光学シートの断面をＴＥＭ又はＳＴＥＭで撮像する。撮像後、上記（２）及び（３）と同様の手法を行うことにより、無機微粒子の平均一次粒子径及び無機微粒子の凝集体の平均粒子径を算出できる。ＴＥＭ又はＳＴＥＭの加速電圧は１０ｋｖ～３０ｋＶ、倍率は５万～３０万倍とすることが好ましい。 The average particle diameter of the organic particles can be calculated by the following operations (1) to (3).
(1) A transmission observation image of the optical sheet of the present invention is taken with an optical microscope. The magnification is preferably 500 to 2000 times.
(2) Ten arbitrary particles are extracted from the observed image, the major axis and minor axis of each particle are measured, and the particle diameter of each particle is calculated from the average of the major axis and minor axis. The major axis is the longest diameter on the screen of individual particles. The minor axis is a distance between two points where a line segment perpendicular to the midpoint of the line segment constituting the major axis is drawn and the perpendicular line segment intersects the particle.
(3) The same operation is performed five times on the observation image of another screen of the same sample, and the value obtained from the number average of the particle diameters for a total of 50 particles is taken as the average particle diameter of the organic particles.
Regarding the average primary particle diameter of the inorganic fine particles and the average particle diameter of the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles, first, the cross section of the optical sheet of the present invention is imaged by TEM or STEM. After imaging, the average primary particle diameter of the inorganic fine particles and the average particle diameter of the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles can be calculated by performing the same method as in the above (2) and (3). The acceleration voltage of TEM or STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 50,000 to 300,000 times.
（１）本発明の光学シートを光学顕微鏡にて透過観察画像を撮像する。倍率は５００～２０００倍が好ましい。
（２）観察画像から任意の１０個の粒子を抽出し、個々の粒子の長径及び短径を測定し、長径及び短径の平均から個々の粒子の粒子径を算出する。長径は、個々の粒子の画面上において最も長い径とする。また、短径は、長径を構成する線分の中点に直交する線分を引き、該直交する線分が粒子と交わる２点間の距離をいうものとする。
（３）同じサンプルの別画面の観察画像において同様の作業を５回行って、合計５０個分の粒子径の数平均から得られる値を有機粒子の平均粒子径とする。
無機微粒子の平均一次粒子径及び無機微粒子の凝集体の平均粒子径は、まず、本発明の光学シートの断面をＴＥＭ又はＳＴＥＭで撮像する。撮像後、上記（２）及び（３）と同様の手法を行うことにより、無機微粒子の平均一次粒子径及び無機微粒子の凝集体の平均粒子径を算出できる。ＴＥＭ又はＳＴＥＭの加速電圧は１０ｋｖ～３０ｋＶ、倍率は５万～３０万倍とすることが好ましい。 The average particle diameter of the organic particles can be calculated by the following operations (1) to (3).
(1) A transmission observation image of the optical sheet of the present invention is taken with an optical microscope. The magnification is preferably 500 to 2000 times.
(2) Ten arbitrary particles are extracted from the observed image, the major axis and minor axis of each particle are measured, and the particle diameter of each particle is calculated from the average of the major axis and minor axis. The major axis is the longest diameter on the screen of individual particles. The minor axis is a distance between two points where a line segment perpendicular to the midpoint of the line segment constituting the major axis is drawn and the perpendicular line segment intersects the particle.
(3) The same operation is performed five times on the observation image of another screen of the same sample, and the value obtained from the number average of the particle diameters for a total of 50 particles is taken as the average particle diameter of the organic particles.
Regarding the average primary particle diameter of the inorganic fine particles and the average particle diameter of the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles, first, the cross section of the optical sheet of the present invention is imaged by TEM or STEM. After imaging, the average primary particle diameter of the inorganic fine particles and the average particle diameter of the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles can be calculated by performing the same method as in the above (2) and (3). The acceleration voltage of TEM or STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 50,000 to 300,000 times.
有機粒子の含有量は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくする観点から、凹凸層を形成する全固形分中の２～２５質量％であることが好ましく、５～２０質量％であることがより好ましく、６～１２質量％であることがさらに好ましい。
The content of the organic particles is preferably 2 to 25% by mass, and preferably 5 to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content forming the uneven layer, from the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer. More preferably, it is 6 to 12% by mass.
無機微粒子としては、シリカ、アルミナ、ジルコニア及びチタニア等からなる微粒子が挙げられる。無機微粒子は、凹凸層中に均一に分布していることで、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくできる。また、無機微粒子は、凹凸層中で凝集体を形成し、凝集体が疎に分布していることが好ましい。無機微粒子が凝集体を形成することで、表面形状のばらつきを少なくする効果がより大きくなり、該凝集体が疎に分布していることで無機微粒子による拡散の影響を小さくできる。
上記無機微粒子の中でも、透明性の観点、及び凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキをより少なくする観点からシリカ微粒子が好適である。 Examples of the inorganic fine particles include fine particles made of silica, alumina, zirconia, titania and the like. Since the inorganic fine particles are uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer, the unevenness of the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be easily reduced. In addition, it is preferable that the inorganic fine particles form aggregates in the uneven layer, and the aggregates are sparsely distributed. By forming the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles, the effect of reducing the variation in the surface shape becomes larger, and the influence of diffusion by the inorganic fine particles can be reduced by the sparse distribution of the aggregates.
Among the inorganic fine particles, silica fine particles are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
上記無機微粒子の中でも、透明性の観点、及び凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキをより少なくする観点からシリカ微粒子が好適である。 Examples of the inorganic fine particles include fine particles made of silica, alumina, zirconia, titania and the like. Since the inorganic fine particles are uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer, the unevenness of the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer can be easily reduced. In addition, it is preferable that the inorganic fine particles form aggregates in the uneven layer, and the aggregates are sparsely distributed. By forming the aggregates of the inorganic fine particles, the effect of reducing the variation in the surface shape becomes larger, and the influence of diffusion by the inorganic fine particles can be reduced by the sparse distribution of the aggregates.
Among the inorganic fine particles, silica fine particles are preferable from the viewpoint of transparency and the viewpoint of reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
「凹凸層中で均一に分布している」とは、ＴＥＭ、ＳＴＥＭ等の透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率１万倍の条件で凹凸層の厚み方向の有機粒子が観察されない箇所から任意の断面１０カ所を観察したときに、各断面で５μｍ四方の観察領域中のシリカ微粒子の面積割合を測定したとき、その平均値をＭ、その標準偏差をＳとしたとき、Ｓ／Ｍ≦０．１であることを意味する。
「凹凸層中で凝集体が疎に分布している」とは、局所的には、無機微粒子が不均一に分布していることを表し、上記と同様に観察したときに、各断面で０．５μｍ四方の観察領域中のシリカ微粒子の面積割合を測定したとき、その平均値をＭ、その標準偏差をＳとしたとき、Ｓ／Ｍ≧０．２であることを意味する。
なお、このような無機微粒子の分布は、凹凸層の厚み方向の断面電子顕微鏡観察にて容易に判別することができる。例えば、図３は、実施例１の光学シートの断面ＳＴＥＭ写真であり、下部の淡色領域が基材であり、基材上部の濃色帯状領域が凹凸層の断面である。該凹凸層の断面において、黒く斑に観察される部分が無機微粒子（シリカ微粒子）の凝集体であり、シリカ微粒子の凝集体が凹凸層中で均一に分散していることが明確に確認できる。また、無機微粒子の凝集体の面積割合は、例えば、画像解析ソフトを用いて算出することができる。 “Uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means an arbitrary cross section 10 from a portion where organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are not observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times. When the area was measured, the area ratio of the silica fine particles in the observation area of 5 μm square in each cross section was measured, the average value was M, and the standard deviation was S, and S / M ≦ 0.1. It means that there is.
“Agglomerates are sparsely distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means that the inorganic fine particles are locally distributed unevenly. When observed in the same manner as described above, 0 is not observed in each cross section. When the area ratio of the silica fine particles in the observation area of 5 μm square is measured, when M is the average value and S is the standard deviation, it means that S / M ≧ 0.2.
The distribution of such inorganic fine particles can be easily determined by observation with a cross-sectional electron microscope in the thickness direction of the uneven layer. For example, FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional STEM photograph of the optical sheet of Example 1, in which the lower light-colored region is the base material, and the dark-colored belt-like region at the upper part of the base material is the cross-section of the uneven layer. In the cross section of the concavo-convex layer, it can be clearly confirmed that the portions observed in black spots are aggregates of inorganic fine particles (silica fine particles), and the aggregates of silica fine particles are uniformly dispersed in the concavo-convex layer. The area ratio of the aggregates of inorganic fine particles can be calculated using, for example, image analysis software.
「凹凸層中で凝集体が疎に分布している」とは、局所的には、無機微粒子が不均一に分布していることを表し、上記と同様に観察したときに、各断面で０．５μｍ四方の観察領域中のシリカ微粒子の面積割合を測定したとき、その平均値をＭ、その標準偏差をＳとしたとき、Ｓ／Ｍ≧０．２であることを意味する。
なお、このような無機微粒子の分布は、凹凸層の厚み方向の断面電子顕微鏡観察にて容易に判別することができる。例えば、図３は、実施例１の光学シートの断面ＳＴＥＭ写真であり、下部の淡色領域が基材であり、基材上部の濃色帯状領域が凹凸層の断面である。該凹凸層の断面において、黒く斑に観察される部分が無機微粒子（シリカ微粒子）の凝集体であり、シリカ微粒子の凝集体が凹凸層中で均一に分散していることが明確に確認できる。また、無機微粒子の凝集体の面積割合は、例えば、画像解析ソフトを用いて算出することができる。 “Uniformly distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means an arbitrary cross section 10 from a portion where organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are not observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times. When the area was measured, the area ratio of the silica fine particles in the observation area of 5 μm square in each cross section was measured, the average value was M, and the standard deviation was S, and S / M ≦ 0.1. It means that there is.
“Agglomerates are sparsely distributed in the concavo-convex layer” means that the inorganic fine particles are locally distributed unevenly. When observed in the same manner as described above, 0 is not observed in each cross section. When the area ratio of the silica fine particles in the observation area of 5 μm square is measured, when M is the average value and S is the standard deviation, it means that S / M ≧ 0.2.
The distribution of such inorganic fine particles can be easily determined by observation with a cross-sectional electron microscope in the thickness direction of the uneven layer. For example, FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional STEM photograph of the optical sheet of Example 1, in which the lower light-colored region is the base material, and the dark-colored belt-like region at the upper part of the base material is the cross-section of the uneven layer. In the cross section of the concavo-convex layer, it can be clearly confirmed that the portions observed in black spots are aggregates of inorganic fine particles (silica fine particles), and the aggregates of silica fine particles are uniformly dispersed in the concavo-convex layer. The area ratio of the aggregates of inorganic fine particles can be calculated using, for example, image analysis software.
無機微粒子は、表面処理されていることが好ましい。無機微粒子が表面処理されていることで、凹凸層中での無機微粒子の分布を適切に制御しやすくできる。また、無機微粒子自体の耐薬品性及び耐ケン化性の向上を図ることもできる。
なお、有機粒子の周りに無機微粒子が密集しないようにするため、有機微粒子から５００ｎｍ外側の円周内でかつ有機微粒子を除いた領域に占める無機微粒子の面積割合を示す「Ｍｎ」と、有機微粒子から５００ｎｍ外側の円周より外側の領域での無機微粒子の面積割合を示す「Ｍｆ」とが、Ｍｆ／Ｍｎ≧１．０の関係を満たすことが好ましい。Ｍｎ及びＭｆは、ＴＥＭ、ＳＴＥＭ等の透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率１万倍の条件で凹凸層の厚み方向の有機粒子が観察される断面を顕微鏡観察することにより算出できる。 The inorganic fine particles are preferably surface-treated. The surface treatment of the inorganic fine particles makes it easy to appropriately control the distribution of the inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer. Moreover, the chemical resistance and saponification resistance of the inorganic fine particles themselves can be improved.
In order to prevent the inorganic fine particles from concentrating around the organic particles, “Mn” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in the region outside the organic fine particles within the circumference of 500 nm and excluding the organic fine particles, and the organic fine particles It is preferable that “Mf” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in a region outside the circumference from 500 nm outside satisfies the relationship of Mf / Mn ≧ 1.0. Mn and Mf can be calculated by observing a cross section in which organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times.
なお、有機粒子の周りに無機微粒子が密集しないようにするため、有機微粒子から５００ｎｍ外側の円周内でかつ有機微粒子を除いた領域に占める無機微粒子の面積割合を示す「Ｍｎ」と、有機微粒子から５００ｎｍ外側の円周より外側の領域での無機微粒子の面積割合を示す「Ｍｆ」とが、Ｍｆ／Ｍｎ≧１．０の関係を満たすことが好ましい。Ｍｎ及びＭｆは、ＴＥＭ、ＳＴＥＭ等の透過型電子顕微鏡にて倍率１万倍の条件で凹凸層の厚み方向の有機粒子が観察される断面を顕微鏡観察することにより算出できる。 The inorganic fine particles are preferably surface-treated. The surface treatment of the inorganic fine particles makes it easy to appropriately control the distribution of the inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer. Moreover, the chemical resistance and saponification resistance of the inorganic fine particles themselves can be improved.
In order to prevent the inorganic fine particles from concentrating around the organic particles, “Mn” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in the region outside the organic fine particles within the circumference of 500 nm and excluding the organic fine particles, and the organic fine particles It is preferable that “Mf” indicating the area ratio of the inorganic fine particles in a region outside the circumference from 500 nm outside satisfies the relationship of Mf / Mn ≧ 1.0. Mn and Mf can be calculated by observing a cross section in which organic particles in the thickness direction of the concavo-convex layer are observed with a transmission electron microscope such as TEM or STEM at a magnification of 10,000 times.
上記表面処理としては、無機微粒子の表面を疎水性にする疎水化処理が好ましい。疎水化処理としては、例えば、無機微粒子を、メチル基、オクチル基等のアクリル基を有するシラン化合物で処理する方法等が挙げられる。
例えば、シリカ微粒子の表面には水酸基（シラノール基）が存在しているが、上記表面処理がされることでシリカ微粒子の表面の水酸基が少なくなり、シリカ微粒子が過度に凝集することを防止でき、シリカ微粒子が不均一に分散することを抑制できる。 The surface treatment is preferably a hydrophobization treatment that makes the surface of the inorganic fine particles hydrophobic. Examples of the hydrophobic treatment include a method of treating inorganic fine particles with a silane compound having an acrylic group such as a methyl group or an octyl group.
For example, there are hydroxyl groups (silanol groups) on the surface of the silica fine particles, but the surface treatment reduces the number of hydroxyl groups on the surface of the silica fine particles, and prevents the silica fine particles from aggregating excessively. It can suppress that a silica fine particle disperse | distributes unevenly.
例えば、シリカ微粒子の表面には水酸基（シラノール基）が存在しているが、上記表面処理がされることでシリカ微粒子の表面の水酸基が少なくなり、シリカ微粒子が過度に凝集することを防止でき、シリカ微粒子が不均一に分散することを抑制できる。 The surface treatment is preferably a hydrophobization treatment that makes the surface of the inorganic fine particles hydrophobic. Examples of the hydrophobic treatment include a method of treating inorganic fine particles with a silane compound having an acrylic group such as a methyl group or an octyl group.
For example, there are hydroxyl groups (silanol groups) on the surface of the silica fine particles, but the surface treatment reduces the number of hydroxyl groups on the surface of the silica fine particles, and prevents the silica fine particles from aggregating excessively. It can suppress that a silica fine particle disperse | distributes unevenly.
無機微粒子としてシリカ微粒子を用いる場合、過度の凝集を抑制するために非晶質シリカが好ましい。一方、シリカ微粒子が結晶性シリカの場合、結晶構造中に含まれる格子欠陥によりシリカ微粒子のルイス酸性が強くなってしまい、シリカ微粒子が過度に凝集してしまう場合がある。
When silica fine particles are used as the inorganic fine particles, amorphous silica is preferable in order to suppress excessive aggregation. On the other hand, when the silica fine particle is crystalline silica, the Lewis acidity of the silica fine particle becomes strong due to lattice defects contained in the crystal structure, and the silica fine particle may agglomerate excessively.
シリカ微粒子としては、それ自身が凝集しやすく後述の粒子径の範囲の凝集体を形成しやすいことから、例えば、フュームドシリカが好適に用いられる。
フュームドシリカとは、乾式法で作製された粒子径が２００ｎｍ以下の粒子径を有する非晶質のシリカをいい、ケイ素を含む揮発性化合物を気相で反応させることにより得られる。フュームドシリカは、例えば、ＳｉＣｌ４等のケイ素化合物を酸素と水素の炎中で加水分解することにより生成することができ、ＡＥＲＯＳＩＬ Ｒ８０５（日本アエロジル社製）等が挙げられる。 As the silica fine particles, for example, fumed silica is preferably used because it tends to aggregate itself and easily forms an aggregate having a particle diameter range described below.
Fumed silica refers to amorphous silica having a particle size of 200 nm or less prepared by a dry method, and is obtained by reacting a volatile compound containing silicon in a gas phase. Fumed silica can be produced by, for example, hydrolyzing a silicon compound such as SiCl 4 in a flame of oxygen and hydrogen, and examples thereof include AEROSIL R805 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
フュームドシリカとは、乾式法で作製された粒子径が２００ｎｍ以下の粒子径を有する非晶質のシリカをいい、ケイ素を含む揮発性化合物を気相で反応させることにより得られる。フュームドシリカは、例えば、ＳｉＣｌ４等のケイ素化合物を酸素と水素の炎中で加水分解することにより生成することができ、ＡＥＲＯＳＩＬ Ｒ８０５（日本アエロジル社製）等が挙げられる。 As the silica fine particles, for example, fumed silica is preferably used because it tends to aggregate itself and easily forms an aggregate having a particle diameter range described below.
Fumed silica refers to amorphous silica having a particle size of 200 nm or less prepared by a dry method, and is obtained by reacting a volatile compound containing silicon in a gas phase. Fumed silica can be produced by, for example, hydrolyzing a silicon compound such as SiCl 4 in a flame of oxygen and hydrogen, and examples thereof include AEROSIL R805 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.).
無機微粒子の含有量は特に限定されないが、凹凸層を形成する全固形分の１．０～１５．０質量％であることが好ましく、２．０～１０．０質量％であることがより好ましく、３．０～８．０質量％であることがさらに好ましい。当該範囲とすることにより、レベリング性の制御、及び凹凸層の重合収縮の抑制により、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくできる。
また、凹凸層中における有機粒子及び無機微粒子の含有量の比（有機粒子の含有量／無機微粒子の含有量）は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくする観点から、０．５～２．５であることが好ましく、０．８～２．２であることがより好ましい。 The content of the inorganic fine particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content forming the uneven layer. More preferably, the content is 3.0 to 8.0% by mass. By setting it as the said range, the variation in the surface shape of an uneven | corrugated layer can be easily decreased by control of leveling property and suppression of the polymerization shrinkage of an uneven | corrugated layer.
In addition, the ratio of the content of organic particles and inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer (content of organic particles / content of inorganic fine particles) is 0.5 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of easily reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer. It is preferably 2.5, and more preferably 0.8 to 2.2.
また、凹凸層中における有機粒子及び無機微粒子の含有量の比（有機粒子の含有量／無機微粒子の含有量）は、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくする観点から、０．５～２．５であることが好ましく、０．８～２．２であることがより好ましい。 The content of the inorganic fine particles is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0 to 15.0% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 10.0% by mass based on the total solid content forming the uneven layer. More preferably, the content is 3.0 to 8.0% by mass. By setting it as the said range, the variation in the surface shape of an uneven | corrugated layer can be easily decreased by control of leveling property and suppression of the polymerization shrinkage of an uneven | corrugated layer.
In addition, the ratio of the content of organic particles and inorganic fine particles in the uneven layer (content of organic particles / content of inorganic fine particles) is 0.5 to 0.5 from the viewpoint of easily reducing variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer. It is preferably 2.5, and more preferably 0.8 to 2.2.
無機微粒子は、平均一次粒子径が１～１００ｎｍであることが好ましい。平均一次粒子径を１ｎｍ以上とすることにより、適切な凝集体を形成しやすくなり、１００ｎｍ以下とすることにより、光拡散によるコントラストの低下、及び内部へイズの過剰な上昇を抑制できる。より好ましい下限は５ｎｍ、より好ましい上限は５０ｎｍ、さらに好ましい上限は２０ｎｍである。
The inorganic fine particles preferably have an average primary particle diameter of 1 to 100 nm. By setting the average primary particle diameter to 1 nm or more, it becomes easy to form an appropriate aggregate, and by setting it to 100 nm or less, it is possible to suppress a decrease in contrast due to light diffusion and an excessive increase in noise. A more preferred lower limit is 5 nm, a more preferred upper limit is 50 nm, and a still more preferred upper limit is 20 nm.
シリカ微粒子の凝集体は、図３の断面電子顕微鏡写真のように、任意の方向に連なった構造を形成することが好ましい。凹凸層中でシリカ微粒子が任意の方向に連なった凝集体を形成していることで、有機粒子に基づく均一な凹凸形状を形成させやすくできる。
なお、シリカ微粒子が任意の方向に連なった構造とは、例えば、シリカ微粒子が直線状に連続して連なった構造（直鎖構造）、該直鎖構造が複数絡み合った構造、上記直鎖構造にシリカ微粒子が複数連続して形成された側鎖を１又は２以上有する分岐構造等、任意の構造が挙げられる。
上記のようにシリカ微粒子が任意の方向に連なった凝集体を形成するためには、フュームドシリカを用いることが好ましい。 The agglomerates of silica fine particles preferably form a structure connected in an arbitrary direction as shown in the cross-sectional electron micrograph of FIG. By forming an aggregate in which the silica fine particles are continuous in an arbitrary direction in the uneven layer, a uniform uneven shape based on the organic particles can be easily formed.
The structure in which silica fine particles are connected in an arbitrary direction is, for example, a structure in which silica fine particles are continuously connected in a straight line (linear structure), a structure in which a plurality of the linear structures are intertwined, or the above linear structure. Any structure such as a branched structure having one or more side chains in which a plurality of silica fine particles are continuously formed can be used.
In order to form an aggregate in which silica fine particles are continuous in an arbitrary direction as described above, it is preferable to use fumed silica.
なお、シリカ微粒子が任意の方向に連なった構造とは、例えば、シリカ微粒子が直線状に連続して連なった構造（直鎖構造）、該直鎖構造が複数絡み合った構造、上記直鎖構造にシリカ微粒子が複数連続して形成された側鎖を１又は２以上有する分岐構造等、任意の構造が挙げられる。
上記のようにシリカ微粒子が任意の方向に連なった凝集体を形成するためには、フュームドシリカを用いることが好ましい。 The agglomerates of silica fine particles preferably form a structure connected in an arbitrary direction as shown in the cross-sectional electron micrograph of FIG. By forming an aggregate in which the silica fine particles are continuous in an arbitrary direction in the uneven layer, a uniform uneven shape based on the organic particles can be easily formed.
The structure in which silica fine particles are connected in an arbitrary direction is, for example, a structure in which silica fine particles are continuously connected in a straight line (linear structure), a structure in which a plurality of the linear structures are intertwined, or the above linear structure. Any structure such as a branched structure having one or more side chains in which a plurality of silica fine particles are continuously formed can be used.
In order to form an aggregate in which silica fine particles are continuous in an arbitrary direction as described above, it is preferable to use fumed silica.
無機微粒子の凝集体は、平均粒子径が１００ｎｍ～１μｍであることが好ましい。凝集体の平均粒子径を１００ｎｍ以上とすることにより、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくでき、１μｍ以下とすることにより、光拡散によるコントラストの低下を抑制できる。凝集体の平均粒子径のより好ましい下限は２００ｎｍ、より好ましい上限は８００ｎｍである。
The aggregate of inorganic fine particles preferably has an average particle diameter of 100 nm to 1 μm. By setting the average particle size of the aggregate to 100 nm or more, it is easy to reduce the variation in the surface shape of the uneven layer, and by setting it to 1 μm or less, it is possible to suppress a decrease in contrast due to light diffusion. The more preferable lower limit of the average particle diameter of the aggregate is 200 nm, and the more preferable upper limit is 800 nm.
凹凸層のバインダー樹脂は、熱硬化性樹脂組成物又は電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物を含むことが好ましく、機械的強度をより良くする観点から、電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物を含むことがより好ましく、その中でも紫外線硬化性樹脂組成物を含むことがさらに好ましい。
The binder resin of the concavo-convex layer preferably includes a thermosetting resin composition or an ionizing radiation curable resin composition, and more preferably includes an ionizing radiation curable resin composition from the viewpoint of improving mechanical strength. Of these, it is more preferable to include an ultraviolet curable resin composition.
熱硬化性樹脂組成物は、少なくとも熱硬化性樹脂を含む組成物であり、加熱により、硬化する樹脂組成物である。
熱硬化性樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、フェノール樹脂、尿素メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられる。熱硬化性樹脂組成物には、これら硬化性樹脂に、必要に応じて硬化剤が添加される。 The thermosetting resin composition is a composition containing at least a thermosetting resin, and is a resin composition that is cured by heating.
Examples of the thermosetting resin include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenol resin, urea melamine resin, epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, and silicone resin. In the thermosetting resin composition, a curing agent is added to these curable resins as necessary.
熱硬化性樹脂としては、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、フェノール樹脂、尿素メラミン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられる。熱硬化性樹脂組成物には、これら硬化性樹脂に、必要に応じて硬化剤が添加される。 The thermosetting resin composition is a composition containing at least a thermosetting resin, and is a resin composition that is cured by heating.
Examples of the thermosetting resin include acrylic resin, urethane resin, phenol resin, urea melamine resin, epoxy resin, unsaturated polyester resin, and silicone resin. In the thermosetting resin composition, a curing agent is added to these curable resins as necessary.
電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物は、電離放射線硬化性官能基を有する化合物（以下、「電離放射線硬化性化合物」ともいう）を含む組成物である。電離放射線硬化性官能基としては、（メタ）アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性不飽和結合基、及びエポキシ基、オキセタニル基等が挙げられる。電離放射線硬化性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和結合基を有する化合物が好ましく、エチレン性不飽和結合基を２つ以上有する化合物がより好ましく、中でも、エチレン性不飽和結合基を２つ以上有する、多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物が更に好ましい。多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物としては、モノマー及びオリゴマーのいずれも用いることができる。
なお、本明細書において「（メタ）アクリレート」は、メタクリレート及びアクリレートを指すものである。
また、本明細書において「電離放射線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線のうち、分子を重合あるいは架橋し得るエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、通常、紫外線（ＵＶ）又は電子線（ＥＢ）が用いられるが、その他、Ｘ線、γ線などの電磁波、α線、イオン線などの荷電粒子線も使用可能である。 The ionizing radiation curable resin composition is a composition containing a compound having an ionizing radiation curable functional group (hereinafter also referred to as “ionizing radiation curable compound”). Examples of the ionizing radiation curable functional group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group. As the ionizing radiation curable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable, a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bond groups is more preferable, and among them, having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups, Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are more preferred. As the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound, any of a monomer and an oligomer can be used.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” refers to methacrylate and acrylate.
In the present specification, “ionizing radiation” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing or cross-linking molecules, and usually ultraviolet (UV) or electron beam (EB) is used. In addition, electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and γ-rays, and charged particle beams such as α-rays and ion beams can also be used.
なお、本明細書において「（メタ）アクリレート」は、メタクリレート及びアクリレートを指すものである。
また、本明細書において「電離放射線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線のうち、分子を重合あるいは架橋し得るエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、通常、紫外線（ＵＶ）又は電子線（ＥＢ）が用いられるが、その他、Ｘ線、γ線などの電磁波、α線、イオン線などの荷電粒子線も使用可能である。 The ionizing radiation curable resin composition is a composition containing a compound having an ionizing radiation curable functional group (hereinafter also referred to as “ionizing radiation curable compound”). Examples of the ionizing radiation curable functional group include an ethylenically unsaturated bond group such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and an allyl group, an epoxy group, and an oxetanyl group. As the ionizing radiation curable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond group is preferable, a compound having two or more ethylenic unsaturated bond groups is more preferable, and among them, having two or more ethylenically unsaturated bond groups, Polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compounds are more preferred. As the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound, any of a monomer and an oligomer can be used.
In the present specification, “(meth) acrylate” refers to methacrylate and acrylate.
In the present specification, “ionizing radiation” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing or cross-linking molecules, and usually ultraviolet (UV) or electron beam (EB) is used. In addition, electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and γ-rays, and charged particle beams such as α-rays and ion beams can also be used.
電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物は、分子中に水酸基を含有しない多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物を５０質量％以上含むことが好ましく、６０質量％以上含むことがより好ましい。
分子中に水酸基を含まない多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物の割合を多くすることにより、凹凸層形成用塗布液の溶剤として極性の高い溶剤（例えば、イソプロピルアルコール）を用いた際に、該溶剤を蒸発させやすくすることができ、無機微粒子の過剰な凝集を抑制できる。 The ionizing radiation curable resin composition preferably contains 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more of a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound that does not contain a hydroxyl group in the molecule.
By increasing the proportion of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound not containing a hydroxyl group in the molecule, when a highly polar solvent (for example, isopropyl alcohol) is used as the solvent for the coating solution for forming the uneven layer, The solvent can be easily evaporated and excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles can be suppressed.
分子中に水酸基を含まない多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物の割合を多くすることにより、凹凸層形成用塗布液の溶剤として極性の高い溶剤（例えば、イソプロピルアルコール）を用いた際に、該溶剤を蒸発させやすくすることができ、無機微粒子の過剰な凝集を抑制できる。 The ionizing radiation curable resin composition preferably contains 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more of a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound that does not contain a hydroxyl group in the molecule.
By increasing the proportion of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound not containing a hydroxyl group in the molecule, when a highly polar solvent (for example, isopropyl alcohol) is used as the solvent for the coating solution for forming the uneven layer, The solvent can be easily evaporated and excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles can be suppressed.
分子中に水酸基を含まない多官能性（メタ）アクリレート系化合物としては、例えば、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート（ＰＥＴＴＡ）、１，６－ヘキサンジオールジアクリレート（ＨＤＤＡ）、ジプロピレングリコールジアクリレート（ＤＰＧＤＡ）、トリプロピレングリコールジアクリレート（ＴＰＧＤＡ）、ＰＯ変性ネオペンチルグリコールジアクリレート、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジアクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリアクリレート（ＴＭＰＴＡ）、トリメチロールプロパンエトキシトリアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート（ＤＰＨＡ）、ペンタエリスリトールエトキシテトラアクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラアクリレート等が挙げられる。なかでも、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート（ＰＥＴＴＡ）が好適に用いられる。
Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate compound containing no hydroxyl group in the molecule include pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (PETTA), 1,6-hexanediol diacrylate (HDDA), dipropylene glycol diacrylate (DPGDA), Tripropylene glycol diacrylate (TPGDA), PO-modified neopentyl glycol diacrylate, tricyclodecane dimethanol diacrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate (TMPTA), trimethylolpropane ethoxytriacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (DPHA), Examples include pentaerythritol ethoxytetraacrylate and ditrimethylolpropane tetraacrylate. Of these, pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (PETTA) is preferably used.
その他の電離放射線硬化性化合物としては、エチル（メタ）アクリレート、エチルヘキシル（メタ）アクリレート、スチレン、メチルスチレン、Ｎ－ビニルピロリドン等の１つの不飽和結合を有する化合物、トリメチロールプロパントリ（メタ）アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ（メタ）アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ（メタ）アクリレート、１，６－ヘキサンジオールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ（メタ）アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ（メタ）アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ（メタ）アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ（メタ）アクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールデカ（メタ）アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸トリ（メタ）アクリレート、イソシアヌル酸ジ（メタ）アクリレート、ポリエステルトリ（メタ）アクリレート、ポリエステルジ（メタ）アクリレート、ビスフェノールジ（メタ）アクリレート、ジグリセリンテトラ（メタ）アクリレート、アダマンチルジ（メタ）アクリレート、イソボロニルジ（メタ）アクリレート、ジシクロペンタンジ（メタ）アクリレート、トリシクロデカンジ（メタ）アクリレート等の２以上の不飽和結合を有する化合物が挙げられる。
なお、本発明では、電離放射線硬化性化合物として、上述した化合物をＰＯ、ＥＯ等で変性したものも使用できる。 Other ionizing radiation curable compounds include compounds having one unsaturated bond such as ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, N-vinylpyrrolidone, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate. , Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, di Entaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid di (meth) acrylate, polyester tri (meth) acrylate, polyester Di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol di (meth) acrylate, diglycerin tetra (meth) acrylate, adamantyl di (meth) acrylate, isobornyl di (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentane di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane di (meth) Examples thereof include compounds having two or more unsaturated bonds such as acrylate.
In the present invention, as the ionizing radiation curable compound, a compound obtained by modifying the above compound with PO, EO or the like can be used.
なお、本発明では、電離放射線硬化性化合物として、上述した化合物をＰＯ、ＥＯ等で変性したものも使用できる。 Other ionizing radiation curable compounds include compounds having one unsaturated bond such as ethyl (meth) acrylate, ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, methylstyrene, N-vinylpyrrolidone, and trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate. , Tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (Meth) acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, di Entaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid tri (meth) acrylate, isocyanuric acid di (meth) acrylate, polyester tri (meth) acrylate, polyester Di (meth) acrylate, bisphenol di (meth) acrylate, diglycerin tetra (meth) acrylate, adamantyl di (meth) acrylate, isobornyl di (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentane di (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecane di (meth) Examples thereof include compounds having two or more unsaturated bonds such as acrylate.
In the present invention, as the ionizing radiation curable compound, a compound obtained by modifying the above compound with PO, EO or the like can be used.
さらに、電離放射線硬化性化合物として、不飽和二重結合を有する比較的低分子量のポリエステル樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アルキッド樹脂、スピロアセタール樹脂、ポリブタジエン樹脂、ポリチオールポリエン樹脂等も使用することができる。
Further, as ionizing radiation curable compounds, relatively low molecular weight polyester resins having unsaturated double bonds, polyether resins, acrylic resins, epoxy resins, urethane resins, alkyd resins, spiroacetal resins, polybutadiene resins, polythiol polyene resins. Etc. can also be used.
電離放射線硬化性化合物が紫外線硬化性化合物である場合には、電離放射線硬化性組成物は、光重合開始剤や光重合促進剤等の添加剤を含むことが好ましい。
光重合開始剤としては、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、α－ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルメチルケタール、ベンゾイルベンゾエート、α－アシルオキシムエステル、チオキサンソン類等から選ばれる１種以上が挙げられる。
これら光重合開始剤は、融点が１００℃以上であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤の融点を１００℃以上とすることにより、タッチパネルの透明導電膜形成時や結晶化工程の熱により残留した光重合開始剤が昇華し、透明導電膜の低抵抗化が損なわれることを防止することができる。
また、光重合促進剤は、硬化時の空気による重合阻害を軽減させ硬化速度を速めることができるものであり、例えば、ｐ－ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミルエステル、ｐ－ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等から選ばれる１種以上が挙げられる。 When the ionizing radiation curable compound is an ultraviolet curable compound, the ionizing radiation curable composition preferably contains additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a photopolymerization accelerator.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, α-hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler's ketone, benzoin, benzylmethyl ketal, benzoylbenzoate, α-acyloxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
These photopolymerization initiators preferably have a melting point of 100 ° C. or higher. By setting the melting point of the photopolymerization initiator to 100 ° C. or higher, the photopolymerization initiator remaining during the formation of the transparent conductive film of the touch panel or the heat of the crystallization process is sublimated, and the low resistance of the transparent conductive film is impaired. Can be prevented.
The photopolymerization accelerator can reduce polymerization inhibition by air during curing and increase the curing speed. For example, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, etc. One or more selected may be mentioned.
光重合開始剤としては、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、α－ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルメチルケタール、ベンゾイルベンゾエート、α－アシルオキシムエステル、チオキサンソン類等から選ばれる１種以上が挙げられる。
これら光重合開始剤は、融点が１００℃以上であることが好ましい。光重合開始剤の融点を１００℃以上とすることにより、タッチパネルの透明導電膜形成時や結晶化工程の熱により残留した光重合開始剤が昇華し、透明導電膜の低抵抗化が損なわれることを防止することができる。
また、光重合促進剤は、硬化時の空気による重合阻害を軽減させ硬化速度を速めることができるものであり、例えば、ｐ－ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミルエステル、ｐ－ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等から選ばれる１種以上が挙げられる。 When the ionizing radiation curable compound is an ultraviolet curable compound, the ionizing radiation curable composition preferably contains additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a photopolymerization accelerator.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, α-hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler's ketone, benzoin, benzylmethyl ketal, benzoylbenzoate, α-acyloxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
These photopolymerization initiators preferably have a melting point of 100 ° C. or higher. By setting the melting point of the photopolymerization initiator to 100 ° C. or higher, the photopolymerization initiator remaining during the formation of the transparent conductive film of the touch panel or the heat of the crystallization process is sublimated, and the low resistance of the transparent conductive film is impaired. Can be prevented.
The photopolymerization accelerator can reduce polymerization inhibition by air during curing and increase the curing speed. For example, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester, etc. One or more selected may be mentioned.
凹凸層の厚みは、カール抑制、機械的強度、硬度及び靭性とのバランスの観点から、２～１０μｍであることが好ましく、５～８μｍであることがより好ましい。
凹凸層の厚みは、例えば、走査型透過電子顕微鏡（ＳＴＥＭ）を用いて撮影した断面の画像から２０箇所の厚みを測定し、２０箇所の値の平均値から算出できる。ＳＴＥＭの加速電圧は１０ｋｖ～３０ｋＶ、倍率は１０００～７０００倍とすることが好ましい。 The thickness of the concavo-convex layer is preferably 2 to 10 μm, and more preferably 5 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of curling suppression, a balance with mechanical strength, hardness and toughness.
The thickness of the concavo-convex layer can be calculated, for example, by measuring the thickness at 20 locations from a cross-sectional image taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) and calculating the average value of the 20 locations. The acceleration voltage of STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 1000 to 7000 times.
凹凸層の厚みは、例えば、走査型透過電子顕微鏡（ＳＴＥＭ）を用いて撮影した断面の画像から２０箇所の厚みを測定し、２０箇所の値の平均値から算出できる。ＳＴＥＭの加速電圧は１０ｋｖ～３０ｋＶ、倍率は１０００～７０００倍とすることが好ましい。 The thickness of the concavo-convex layer is preferably 2 to 10 μm, and more preferably 5 to 8 μm, from the viewpoint of curling suppression, a balance with mechanical strength, hardness and toughness.
The thickness of the concavo-convex layer can be calculated, for example, by measuring the thickness at 20 locations from a cross-sectional image taken using a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) and calculating the average value of the 20 locations. The acceleration voltage of STEM is preferably 10 kv to 30 kV, and the magnification is preferably 1000 to 7000 times.
凹凸層形成塗布液には、通常、粘度を調節したり、各成分を溶解または分散可能とするために溶剤を用いる。溶剤の種類によって、塗布、乾燥した後の凹凸層の表面状態が異なるため、溶剤の飽和蒸気圧、透明基材への溶剤の浸透性等を考慮して溶剤を選定することが好ましい。具体的には、溶剤は、例えば、ケトン類（アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン等）、エーテル類（ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン等）、脂肪族炭化水素類（ヘキサン等）、脂環式炭化水素類（シクロヘキサン等）、芳香族炭化水素類（トルエン、キシレン等）、ハロゲン化炭素類（ジクロロメタン、ジクロロエタン等）、エステル類（酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート等）、アルコール類（ブタノール、シクロヘキサノール等）、セロソルブ類（メチルセロソルブ、エチルセロソルブ等）、セロソルブアセテート類、スルホキシド類（ジメチルスルホキシド等）、アミド類（ジメチルホルムアミド、ジメチルアセトアミド等）等が例示でき、これらの混合物であってもよい。
In the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution, a solvent is usually used in order to adjust the viscosity and to dissolve or disperse each component. Since the surface state of the concavo-convex layer after coating and drying differs depending on the type of the solvent, it is preferable to select the solvent in consideration of the saturated vapor pressure of the solvent, the permeability of the solvent into the transparent substrate, and the like. Specifically, the solvent is, for example, ketones (acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, etc.), ethers (dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, etc.), aliphatic hydrocarbons (hexane, etc.), alicyclic hydrocarbons. (Cyclohexane, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbons (toluene, xylene, etc.), halogenated carbons (dichloromethane, dichloroethane, etc.), esters (methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, etc.), alcohols (Butanol, cyclohexanol, etc.), cellosolves (methyl cellosolve, ethyl cellosolve, etc.), cellosolve acetates, sulfoxides (dimethylsulfoxide, etc.), amides (dimethylformamide, dimethylacetamide, etc.) , Or a mixture thereof.
溶剤の乾燥が遅い場合、凹凸層内で無機微粒子が過度に凝集して、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしづらくなる。無機微粒子の過度な凝集を防ぐために、溶剤は、極性が高く、かつ揮発速度が速いものを所定量含有させることが好ましい。
また、極性が高く、揮発速度が速い溶剤は、他の溶剤よりも先に揮発するため、塗膜形成時に有機微粒子の周囲の疎水性が強くなる。このため、極性が高く、揮発速度が速い溶剤を用いることにより、有機粒子の周りに無機微粒子が偏在することを防止でき、凹凸層内で有機粒子と無機微粒子とが密集することなく均一に分散できる。
本明細書において「極性が高い溶剤」とは、溶解度パラメータが１０［（ｃａｌ／ｃｍ３）１／２］以上の溶剤を意味し、「揮発速度が速い溶剤」とは、相対蒸発速度が１５０以上の溶剤を意味する。 When the drying of the solvent is slow, the inorganic fine particles are excessively aggregated in the concavo-convex layer, and it becomes difficult to reduce variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. In order to prevent excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles, the solvent preferably contains a predetermined amount of a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate.
In addition, since a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate is volatilized before other solvents, the hydrophobicity around the organic fine particles becomes strong at the time of coating film formation. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the inorganic fine particles from being unevenly distributed around the organic particles by using a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate, and the organic particles and the inorganic fine particles are uniformly dispersed in the concavo-convex layer without being concentrated. it can.
In this specification, “a solvent having a high polarity” means a solvent having a solubility parameter of 10 [(cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 ] or more, and “a solvent having a high volatilization rate” means a relative evaporation rate of 150. The above solvents are meant.
また、極性が高く、揮発速度が速い溶剤は、他の溶剤よりも先に揮発するため、塗膜形成時に有機微粒子の周囲の疎水性が強くなる。このため、極性が高く、揮発速度が速い溶剤を用いることにより、有機粒子の周りに無機微粒子が偏在することを防止でき、凹凸層内で有機粒子と無機微粒子とが密集することなく均一に分散できる。
本明細書において「極性が高い溶剤」とは、溶解度パラメータが１０［（ｃａｌ／ｃｍ３）１／２］以上の溶剤を意味し、「揮発速度が速い溶剤」とは、相対蒸発速度が１５０以上の溶剤を意味する。 When the drying of the solvent is slow, the inorganic fine particles are excessively aggregated in the concavo-convex layer, and it becomes difficult to reduce variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. In order to prevent excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles, the solvent preferably contains a predetermined amount of a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate.
In addition, since a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate is volatilized before other solvents, the hydrophobicity around the organic fine particles becomes strong at the time of coating film formation. For this reason, it is possible to prevent the inorganic fine particles from being unevenly distributed around the organic particles by using a solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate, and the organic particles and the inorganic fine particles are uniformly dispersed in the concavo-convex layer without being concentrated. it can.
In this specification, “a solvent having a high polarity” means a solvent having a solubility parameter of 10 [(cal / cm 3 ) 1/2 ] or more, and “a solvent having a high volatilization rate” means a relative evaporation rate of 150. The above solvents are meant.
溶解度パラメータは、Ｆｅｄｏｒｓの方法で計算される。Ｆｅｄｏｒｓの方法は、例えば「ＳＰ値 基礎・応用と計算方法」（山本秀樹著 株式会社情報機構発行、２００５年）に記載されている。Ｆｅｄｏｒｓの方法において、溶解度パラメータは下記式より算出される。
溶解度パラメータ＝［ΣＥｃｏｈ／ΣＶ］２
上記式中、Ｅｃｏｈは凝集エネルギー密度、Ｖはモル分子容である。原子団ごとに決められたＥｃｏｈ及びＶに基づき、Ｅｃｏｈ及びＶの総和であるΣＥｃｏｈ及びΣＶを求めることによって、溶解度パラメータを算出することができる。 The solubility parameter is calculated by the method of Fedors. The Fedors method is described, for example, in “SP Value Basics / Applications and Calculation Methods” (Hideki Yamamoto, published by Information Technology Corporation, 2005). In the Fedors method, the solubility parameter is calculated from the following equation.
Solubility parameter = [ΣE coh / ΣV] 2
In the above formula, Ecoh is the cohesive energy density and V is the molar molecular volume. Based on E coh and V determined for each atomic group, the solubility parameter can be calculated by obtaining ΣE coh and ΣV, which is the sum of E coh and V.
溶解度パラメータ＝［ΣＥｃｏｈ／ΣＶ］２
上記式中、Ｅｃｏｈは凝集エネルギー密度、Ｖはモル分子容である。原子団ごとに決められたＥｃｏｈ及びＶに基づき、Ｅｃｏｈ及びＶの総和であるΣＥｃｏｈ及びΣＶを求めることによって、溶解度パラメータを算出することができる。 The solubility parameter is calculated by the method of Fedors. The Fedors method is described, for example, in “SP Value Basics / Applications and Calculation Methods” (Hideki Yamamoto, published by Information Technology Corporation, 2005). In the Fedors method, the solubility parameter is calculated from the following equation.
Solubility parameter = [ΣE coh / ΣV] 2
In the above formula, Ecoh is the cohesive energy density and V is the molar molecular volume. Based on E coh and V determined for each atomic group, the solubility parameter can be calculated by obtaining ΣE coh and ΣV, which is the sum of E coh and V.
本明細書において「相対蒸発速度」とは、ｎ－酢酸ブチルの蒸発速度を１００とした時の相対蒸発速度をいい、ＡＳＴＭ Ｄ３５３９－８７に準拠して測定される蒸発速度で、下記式により算出される。具体的には、２５℃、乾燥空気下におけるｎ－酢酸ブチルの蒸発時間と各溶剤の蒸発時間を測定し算出する。
相対蒸発速度＝［（ｎ－酢酸ブチル９０重量％が蒸発するのに要する時間）／（測定溶剤の９０重量％が蒸発するのに要する時間）］×１００ In this specification, “relative evaporation rate” means a relative evaporation rate when the evaporation rate of n-butyl acetate is 100, and is an evaporation rate measured in accordance with ASTM D3539-87. Is done. Specifically, the evaporation time of n-butyl acetate and the evaporation time of each solvent at 25 ° C. in dry air are measured and calculated.
Relative evaporation rate = [(time required for 90% by weight of n-butyl acetate to evaporate) / (time required for 90% by weight of the solvent to evaporate)] × 100
相対蒸発速度＝［（ｎ－酢酸ブチル９０重量％が蒸発するのに要する時間）／（測定溶剤の９０重量％が蒸発するのに要する時間）］×１００ In this specification, “relative evaporation rate” means a relative evaporation rate when the evaporation rate of n-butyl acetate is 100, and is an evaporation rate measured in accordance with ASTM D3539-87. Is done. Specifically, the evaporation time of n-butyl acetate and the evaporation time of each solvent at 25 ° C. in dry air are measured and calculated.
Relative evaporation rate = [(time required for 90% by weight of n-butyl acetate to evaporate) / (time required for 90% by weight of the solvent to evaporate)] × 100
極性が高く、かつ、揮発速度が速い溶剤としては、例えば、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール等が挙げられるが、その中でも、イソプロピルアルコールが好適である。
また、極性が高く、かつ、揮発速度が速い溶剤の含有量は、全溶剤の１０～４０質量％であることが好ましい。１０質量％以上とすることにより、無機微粒子の過度な凝集を抑制しやすくすることができ、４０質量％以下とすることにより、溶剤の揮発が速すぎることにより凹凸層形成塗布液のレベリング性が不足することを抑制できる。 Examples of the solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate include ethanol and isopropyl alcohol. Among them, isopropyl alcohol is preferable.
Further, the content of the solvent having high polarity and fast volatilization rate is preferably 10 to 40% by mass of the total solvent. By setting the amount to 10% by mass or more, excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles can be easily suppressed, and by setting the amount to 40% by mass or less, the leveling property of the concavo-convex layer forming coating liquid is increased because the volatilization of the solvent is too fast. The shortage can be suppressed.
また、極性が高く、かつ、揮発速度が速い溶剤の含有量は、全溶剤の１０～４０質量％であることが好ましい。１０質量％以上とすることにより、無機微粒子の過度な凝集を抑制しやすくすることができ、４０質量％以下とすることにより、溶剤の揮発が速すぎることにより凹凸層形成塗布液のレベリング性が不足することを抑制できる。 Examples of the solvent having a high polarity and a high volatilization rate include ethanol and isopropyl alcohol. Among them, isopropyl alcohol is preferable.
Further, the content of the solvent having high polarity and fast volatilization rate is preferably 10 to 40% by mass of the total solvent. By setting the amount to 10% by mass or more, excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles can be easily suppressed, and by setting the amount to 40% by mass or less, the leveling property of the concavo-convex layer forming coating liquid is increased because the volatilization of the solvent is too fast. The shortage can be suppressed.
また、上述した凹凸形状を得やすくする観点からは、凹凸層を形成する際、乾燥条件を制御することが好ましい。乾燥条件は、乾燥温度及び乾燥機内の風速により調整することができる。具体的な乾燥温度としては、３０～１２０℃、乾燥風速では０．２～５０ｍ／ｓとすることが好ましい。また、乾燥条件により凹凸層のレベリングを制御するために、電離放射線の照射は乾燥後に行うことが好適である。
Also, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining the above-described uneven shape, it is preferable to control the drying conditions when forming the uneven layer. The drying conditions can be adjusted by the drying temperature and the wind speed in the dryer. Specifically, the drying temperature is preferably 30 to 120 ° C. and the drying air speed is preferably 0.2 to 50 m / s. In order to control the leveling of the concavo-convex layer according to the drying conditions, it is preferable that the irradiation with ionizing radiation is performed after drying.
また、表面凹凸を適度に滑らかにして、上述した凹凸形状を得やすくする観点からは、凹凸層形成塗布液には、レベリング剤を含有させることが好ましい。レベリング剤は、フッ素系又はシリコーン系のものが挙げられ、凹凸層にベナードセル構造が生じることを抑制しやすいフッ素系のレベリング剤が好適である。レベリング剤の添加量としては、凹凸層形成塗布液の全固形分に対して０．０１～０．５重量％が好ましく、０．０５～０．２重量％がより好ましい。
Further, from the viewpoint of making the surface irregularities moderately smooth and making it easy to obtain the above-described irregular shape, it is preferable to include a leveling agent in the irregularity layer forming coating solution. Examples of the leveling agent include a fluorine-based or silicone-based one, and a fluorine-based leveling agent that easily suppresses occurrence of a Benard cell structure in the uneven layer is preferable. The amount of the leveling agent added is preferably 0.01 to 0.5% by weight, more preferably 0.05 to 0.2% by weight, based on the total solid content of the coating liquid for forming an uneven layer.
また、凹凸層形成塗布液は、（１）溶剤にバインダー樹脂及び有機粒子を混合及び攪拌して中間組成物を調製する工程の後、（２）中間組成物に無機微粒子を混合、分散させる工程を行うことで調製することが好ましい。
凹凸層形成塗布液を上記のように調整することにより、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを抑制しやすくできる。一方、上記調整とは異なる手法の場合（有機粒子やバインダー樹脂を添加する前に、無機微粒子を溶剤に添加した場合）、溶剤アタックにより無機微粒子の過剰な凝集が発生してしまい、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしにくくなる。
上記効果をより確実にするために、工程（２）で無機微粒子を添加する際、無機微粒子は溶剤に分散させた無機微粒子分散物であることが好ましい。 Moreover, the uneven | corrugated layer forming coating liquid is a step of (1) mixing and dispersing an inorganic fine particle in the intermediate composition after the step of preparing the intermediate composition by mixing and stirring the binder resin and organic particles in the solvent. It is preferable to prepare by performing.
By adjusting the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution as described above, it is possible to easily suppress variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. On the other hand, in the case of a method different from the above adjustment (when inorganic fine particles are added to the solvent before adding organic particles or binder resin), excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles occurs due to the solvent attack, and the uneven layer It becomes difficult to reduce variations in surface shape.
In order to secure the above effect, when adding the inorganic fine particles in the step (2), the inorganic fine particles are preferably an inorganic fine particle dispersion dispersed in a solvent.
凹凸層形成塗布液を上記のように調整することにより、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを抑制しやすくできる。一方、上記調整とは異なる手法の場合（有機粒子やバインダー樹脂を添加する前に、無機微粒子を溶剤に添加した場合）、溶剤アタックにより無機微粒子の過剰な凝集が発生してしまい、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしにくくなる。
上記効果をより確実にするために、工程（２）で無機微粒子を添加する際、無機微粒子は溶剤に分散させた無機微粒子分散物であることが好ましい。 Moreover, the uneven | corrugated layer forming coating liquid is a step of (1) mixing and dispersing an inorganic fine particle in the intermediate composition after the step of preparing the intermediate composition by mixing and stirring the binder resin and organic particles in the solvent. It is preferable to prepare by performing.
By adjusting the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution as described above, it is possible to easily suppress variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer. On the other hand, in the case of a method different from the above adjustment (when inorganic fine particles are added to the solvent before adding organic particles or binder resin), excessive aggregation of the inorganic fine particles occurs due to the solvent attack, and the uneven layer It becomes difficult to reduce variations in surface shape.
In order to secure the above effect, when adding the inorganic fine particles in the step (2), the inorganic fine particles are preferably an inorganic fine particle dispersion dispersed in a solvent.
光学シートの透明基材としては、光透過性、平滑性、耐熱性を備え、機械的強度に優れたものであることが好ましい。このような透明基材としては、ポリエステル、トリアセチルセルロース（ＴＡＣ）、セルロースジアセテート、セルロースアセテートブチレート、ポリアミド、ポリイミド、ポリエーテルスルフォン、ポリスルフォン、ポリプロピレン、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリビニルアセタール、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリカーボネート、ポリウレタン及び非晶質オレフィン（Ｃｙｃｌｏ－Ｏｌｅｆｉｎ－Ｐｏｌｙｍｅｒ：ＣＯＰ）等のプラスチックフィルムが挙げられる。透明基材は、２枚以上のプラスチックフィルムを貼り合わせたものであってもよい。
As the transparent base material of the optical sheet, it is preferable that it has light transmission, smoothness and heat resistance and is excellent in mechanical strength. Such transparent substrates include polyester, triacetyl cellulose (TAC), cellulose diacetate, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyamide, polyimide, polyether sulfone, polysulfone, polypropylene, polymethylpentene, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinyl acetal. And plastic films such as polyether ketone, polymethyl methacrylate, polycarbonate, polyurethane and amorphous olefin (Cyclo-Olefin-Polymer: COP). The transparent substrate may be a laminate of two or more plastic films.
上記の中でも、機械的強度や寸法安定性の観点からは、延伸加工、特に二軸延伸加工されたポリエステル（ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート）が好ましい。
ＴＡＣ、アクリルは光透過性光学的等方性の観点で好適である。また、ＴＡＣ、アクリルは溶剤により溶けやすく、溶解したＴＡＣ成分、アクリル成分が凹凸層に流入して、比重の小さい有機粒子を押し上げる作用がある。つまり、透明基材として、ＴＡＣ、アクリルを用いることにより、有機粒子が凹凸層中で沈み込みにくくなり、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくなると考えられる。
ＣＯＰ、ポリエステルは耐候性に優れる点で好適である。また、リタデーション値３０００～３００００ｎｍのプラスチックフィルム又は１／４波長位相差のプラスチックフィルムは、偏光サングラスを通して液晶ディスプレイの画像を観察した場合に、表示画面に色の異なるムラが観察されることを防止できる点で好適である。 Among the above, from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and dimensional stability, polyester (polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate) that has been stretched, particularly biaxially stretched, is preferable.
TAC and acrylic are suitable from the viewpoint of optical transparency and optical transparency. In addition, TAC and acrylic are easily dissolved by a solvent, and the dissolved TAC component and acrylic component flow into the uneven layer and have an effect of pushing up organic particles having a small specific gravity. That is, it is considered that by using TAC or acrylic as the transparent substrate, the organic particles are less likely to sink in the concavo-convex layer, and variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer are likely to be reduced.
COP and polyester are suitable in that they are excellent in weather resistance. In addition, a plastic film having a retardation value of 3000 to 30000 nm or a plastic film having a ¼ wavelength retardation can prevent unevenness of different colors from being observed on the display screen when an image on a liquid crystal display is observed through polarized sunglasses. This is preferable in terms of points.
ＴＡＣ、アクリルは光透過性光学的等方性の観点で好適である。また、ＴＡＣ、アクリルは溶剤により溶けやすく、溶解したＴＡＣ成分、アクリル成分が凹凸層に流入して、比重の小さい有機粒子を押し上げる作用がある。つまり、透明基材として、ＴＡＣ、アクリルを用いることにより、有機粒子が凹凸層中で沈み込みにくくなり、凹凸層の表面形状のバラツキを少なくしやすくなると考えられる。
ＣＯＰ、ポリエステルは耐候性に優れる点で好適である。また、リタデーション値３０００～３００００ｎｍのプラスチックフィルム又は１／４波長位相差のプラスチックフィルムは、偏光サングラスを通して液晶ディスプレイの画像を観察した場合に、表示画面に色の異なるムラが観察されることを防止できる点で好適である。 Among the above, from the viewpoint of mechanical strength and dimensional stability, polyester (polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate) that has been stretched, particularly biaxially stretched, is preferable.
TAC and acrylic are suitable from the viewpoint of optical transparency and optical transparency. In addition, TAC and acrylic are easily dissolved by a solvent, and the dissolved TAC component and acrylic component flow into the uneven layer and have an effect of pushing up organic particles having a small specific gravity. That is, it is considered that by using TAC or acrylic as the transparent substrate, the organic particles are less likely to sink in the concavo-convex layer, and variations in the surface shape of the concavo-convex layer are likely to be reduced.
COP and polyester are suitable in that they are excellent in weather resistance. In addition, a plastic film having a retardation value of 3000 to 30000 nm or a plastic film having a ¼ wavelength retardation can prevent unevenness of different colors from being observed on the display screen when an image on a liquid crystal display is observed through polarized sunglasses. This is preferable in terms of points.
透明基材の厚さは、５～３００μｍであることが好ましく、３０～２００μｍであることがより好ましい。
透明基材の表面には、接着性向上のために、コロナ放電処理、酸化処理等の物理的な処理の他、アンカー剤又はプライマーと呼ばれる塗料の塗布を予め行ってもよい。 The thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 to 300 μm, more preferably 30 to 200 μm.
In order to improve adhesion, the surface of the transparent substrate may be preliminarily coated with a coating called an anchor agent or a primer in addition to physical treatment such as corona discharge treatment and oxidation treatment.
透明基材の表面には、接着性向上のために、コロナ放電処理、酸化処理等の物理的な処理の他、アンカー剤又はプライマーと呼ばれる塗料の塗布を予め行ってもよい。 The thickness of the transparent substrate is preferably 5 to 300 μm, more preferably 30 to 200 μm.
In order to improve adhesion, the surface of the transparent substrate may be preliminarily coated with a coating called an anchor agent or a primer in addition to physical treatment such as corona discharge treatment and oxidation treatment.
光学シートは、凹凸形状の上及び／又は凹凸形状と反対側の面上に、反射防止層、防汚層、帯電防止層等の機能性層を有していてもよい。また、透明基材上に凹凸層を有する構成の場合、前記箇所のほかに、透明基材と凹凸層との間に機能性層を有していてもよい。
The optical sheet may have a functional layer such as an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, or an antistatic layer on the uneven shape and / or on the surface opposite to the uneven shape. Moreover, in the case of a structure having a concavo-convex layer on a transparent base material, a functional layer may be provided between the transparent base material and the concavo-convex layer in addition to the above location.
本発明のタッチパネルは、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつギラツキ防止性をより良好にすることができる。特に、光学シートをタッチパネルの表面部材として用い、かつ光学シートの凹凸形状側の面が表面となるように配置することにより、コントラストの低下を抑制しつつ防眩性を付与しやすくなる点で好適である。
The touch panel of the present invention can improve glare prevention properties while imparting various properties such as anti-glare properties. In particular, using an optical sheet as the surface member of the touch panel and arranging the optical sheet so that the surface on the concave-convex shape side is the surface is preferable in that it is easy to impart antiglare properties while suppressing a decrease in contrast. It is.
［表示装置］
本発明の表示装置は、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に光学シートを有してなる表示装置であって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものである。 [Display device]
The display device of the present invention is a display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the above conditions. Either A-1 and A-2 are satisfied, or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied.
本発明の表示装置は、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に光学シートを有してなる表示装置であって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものである。 [Display device]
The display device of the present invention is a display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the above conditions. Either A-1 and A-2 are satisfied, or the above conditions B-1 and B-2 are satisfied.
画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子は、上述のようにギラツキを生じやすいが、本発明では、凹凸形状を有する光学シートとして特定の光学シートを用いることにより、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつギラツキを防止できる。
本発明の表示装置に用いる光学シートとしては、上述した本発明のタッチパネルに用いる光学シートと同様のものを用いることができる。 An ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is likely to cause glare as described above, but in the present invention, various characteristics such as anti-glare properties can be obtained by using a specific optical sheet as the optical sheet having an uneven shape. Glittering can be prevented while imparting.
As the optical sheet used for the display device of the present invention, the same optical sheet as used for the touch panel of the present invention described above can be used.
本発明の表示装置に用いる光学シートとしては、上述した本発明のタッチパネルに用いる光学シートと同様のものを用いることができる。 An ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is likely to cause glare as described above, but in the present invention, various characteristics such as anti-glare properties can be obtained by using a specific optical sheet as the optical sheet having an uneven shape. Glittering can be prevented while imparting.
As the optical sheet used for the display device of the present invention, the same optical sheet as used for the touch panel of the present invention described above can be used.
表示素子としては、液晶表示素子、インセルタッチパネル液晶表示素子、ＥＬ表示素子、プラズマ表示素子等が挙げられる。
インセルタッチパネル液晶素子は、２枚のガラス基板に液晶を挟んでなる液晶素子の内部に、抵抗膜式、静電容量式、光学式等のタッチパネル機能を組み込んだものである。なお、インセルタッチパネル液晶素子の液晶の表示方式としては、ＩＰＳ方式、ＶＡ方式、マルチドメイン方式、ＯＣＢ方式、ＳＴＮ方式、ＴＳＴＮ方式等が挙げられる。インセルタッチパネル液晶素子は、例えば、特開２０１１－７６６０２号公報、特開２０１１－２２２００９号公報に記載されている。 Examples of the display element include a liquid crystal display element, an in-cell touch panel liquid crystal display element, an EL display element, and a plasma display element.
The in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element is a liquid crystal element in which a liquid crystal is sandwiched between two glass substrates, and a touch panel function such as a resistive film type, a capacitance type, and an optical type is incorporated therein. Examples of the liquid crystal display method of the in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element include an IPS method, a VA method, a multi-domain method, an OCB method, an STN method, and a TSTN method. In-cell touch panel liquid crystal elements are described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-76602 and 2011-222009.
インセルタッチパネル液晶素子は、２枚のガラス基板に液晶を挟んでなる液晶素子の内部に、抵抗膜式、静電容量式、光学式等のタッチパネル機能を組み込んだものである。なお、インセルタッチパネル液晶素子の液晶の表示方式としては、ＩＰＳ方式、ＶＡ方式、マルチドメイン方式、ＯＣＢ方式、ＳＴＮ方式、ＴＳＴＮ方式等が挙げられる。インセルタッチパネル液晶素子は、例えば、特開２０１１－７６６０２号公報、特開２０１１－２２２００９号公報に記載されている。 Examples of the display element include a liquid crystal display element, an in-cell touch panel liquid crystal display element, an EL display element, and a plasma display element.
The in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element is a liquid crystal element in which a liquid crystal is sandwiched between two glass substrates, and a touch panel function such as a resistive film type, a capacitance type, and an optical type is incorporated therein. Examples of the liquid crystal display method of the in-cell touch panel liquid crystal element include an IPS method, a VA method, a multi-domain method, an OCB method, an STN method, and a TSTN method. In-cell touch panel liquid crystal elements are described in, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open Nos. 2011-76602 and 2011-222009.
光学シートは、例えば、以下の順で表示素子の前面に設置することができる。
（ａ）表示素子／表面保護板／光学シート
（ｂ）表示素子／光学シート
（ｃ）表示素子／光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネル
（ｄ）表示素子／光学シート／表面保護板
（ａ）及び（ｂ）の場合、光学シートの凹凸面が表面を向くように（凹凸面が表示素子とは反対側を向くように）配置することで、防眩性を付与できるとともに、ギラツキを防止でき、さらには、表面や表示素子に生じた傷を見えづらくすることができる。
（ｃ）の場合、上述した本発明のタッチパネルの実施の形態のように光学シートを配置することで、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつ、ギラツキを防止することができる。
なお、（ｂ）及び（ｄ）の場合、光学シートの凹凸面が表示素子側を向くようにして空気層を介して配置すれば、密着及び干渉縞を防止するとともに、表示素子に生じた傷を見づらくすることができる。
近年のスマートフォンに代表される携帯情報端末は、屋外で用いることが多い。このため、本発明の表示装置は、表示装置の最表面に光学シートを配置し、かつ凹凸面が表面側（表示素子とは反対側）を向くようにして用いることが好ましい。 The optical sheet can be installed on the front surface of the display element in the following order, for example.
(A) Display element / surface protective plate / optical sheet (b) display element / optical sheet (c) display element / touch panel having optical sheet as constituent member (d) display element / optical sheet / surface protective plate (a) and In the case of (b), it can be provided with anti-glare properties and can prevent glare by arranging so that the uneven surface of the optical sheet faces the surface (so that the uneven surface faces the side opposite to the display element), Furthermore, it is possible to make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface and the display element.
In the case of (c), glare can be prevented while providing various characteristics such as anti-glare properties by arranging the optical sheet as in the embodiment of the touch panel of the present invention described above.
In the case of (b) and (d), if the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet is arranged through the air layer so as to face the display element side, adhesion and interference fringes can be prevented and scratches generated in the display element can be prevented. It can be difficult to see.
Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the display device of the present invention so that an optical sheet is disposed on the outermost surface of the display device and the concavo-convex surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element).
（ａ）表示素子／表面保護板／光学シート
（ｂ）表示素子／光学シート
（ｃ）表示素子／光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネル
（ｄ）表示素子／光学シート／表面保護板
（ａ）及び（ｂ）の場合、光学シートの凹凸面が表面を向くように（凹凸面が表示素子とは反対側を向くように）配置することで、防眩性を付与できるとともに、ギラツキを防止でき、さらには、表面や表示素子に生じた傷を見えづらくすることができる。
（ｃ）の場合、上述した本発明のタッチパネルの実施の形態のように光学シートを配置することで、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつ、ギラツキを防止することができる。
なお、（ｂ）及び（ｄ）の場合、光学シートの凹凸面が表示素子側を向くようにして空気層を介して配置すれば、密着及び干渉縞を防止するとともに、表示素子に生じた傷を見づらくすることができる。
近年のスマートフォンに代表される携帯情報端末は、屋外で用いることが多い。このため、本発明の表示装置は、表示装置の最表面に光学シートを配置し、かつ凹凸面が表面側（表示素子とは反対側）を向くようにして用いることが好ましい。 The optical sheet can be installed on the front surface of the display element in the following order, for example.
(A) Display element / surface protective plate / optical sheet (b) display element / optical sheet (c) display element / touch panel having optical sheet as constituent member (d) display element / optical sheet / surface protective plate (a) and In the case of (b), it can be provided with anti-glare properties and can prevent glare by arranging so that the uneven surface of the optical sheet faces the surface (so that the uneven surface faces the side opposite to the display element), Furthermore, it is possible to make it difficult to see the scratches on the surface and the display element.
In the case of (c), glare can be prevented while providing various characteristics such as anti-glare properties by arranging the optical sheet as in the embodiment of the touch panel of the present invention described above.
In the case of (b) and (d), if the concave and convex surface of the optical sheet is arranged through the air layer so as to face the display element side, adhesion and interference fringes can be prevented and scratches generated in the display element can be prevented. It can be difficult to see.
Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the display device of the present invention so that an optical sheet is disposed on the outermost surface of the display device and the concavo-convex surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element).
［光学シート］
本発明の光学シートは、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートであって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるものである。 [Optical sheet]
The optical sheet of the present invention is an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
本発明の光学シートは、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートであって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるものである。 [Optical sheet]
The optical sheet of the present invention is an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, and the optical sheet satisfies the conditions A-1 and A-2 or the conditions B-1 and B-2. Used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
本発明の光学シートとしては、上述した本発明のタッチパネルに用いる光学シートと同様のものが挙げられる。
本発明の光学シートは、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いることで、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつ、超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキ及び解像度の低下を防止できる点で好ましい。
近年のスマートフォンに代表される携帯情報端末は、屋外で用いることが多い。このため、本発明の光学シートは、タッチパネルや表示装置の最表面において、凹凸面が表面側（表示素子とは反対側）を向くようにして用いることが好ましい。 Examples of the optical sheet of the present invention include the same optical sheets used for the touch panel of the present invention described above.
The optical sheet of the present invention is used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more to prevent glare of image light and a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element while providing various properties such as anti-glare properties. It is preferable in that it can be performed.
Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the optical sheet of the present invention so that the uneven surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element) on the outermost surface of the touch panel or the display device.
本発明の光学シートは、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いることで、防眩性等の諸特性を付与しつつ、超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキ及び解像度の低下を防止できる点で好ましい。
近年のスマートフォンに代表される携帯情報端末は、屋外で用いることが多い。このため、本発明の光学シートは、タッチパネルや表示装置の最表面において、凹凸面が表面側（表示素子とは反対側）を向くようにして用いることが好ましい。 Examples of the optical sheet of the present invention include the same optical sheets used for the touch panel of the present invention described above.
The optical sheet of the present invention is used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more to prevent glare of image light and a decrease in resolution of an ultra-high-definition display element while providing various properties such as anti-glare properties. It is preferable in that it can be performed.
Mobile information terminals represented by recent smartphones are often used outdoors. For this reason, it is preferable to use the optical sheet of the present invention so that the uneven surface faces the surface side (the side opposite to the display element) on the outermost surface of the touch panel or the display device.
［光学シートの選別方法］
本発明の光学シートの選別方法は、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの選別方法であって、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものを光学シートとして選別する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの選別方法である。 [Optical sheet sorting method]
The optical sheet selecting method of the present invention is a method for selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2 The optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is selected as an optical sheet.
本発明の光学シートの選別方法は、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの選別方法であって、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものを光学シートとして選別する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの選別方法である。 [Optical sheet sorting method]
The optical sheet selecting method of the present invention is a method for selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, which satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the above conditions B-1 and B-2 The optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more is selected as an optical sheet.
本発明の光学シートの選別方法では、表示装置に光学シートを組み込まなくても、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子に用いた際にギラツキ防止性が良好な光学シートを選別することができ、光学シートの品質管理を効率よくできる。
According to the optical sheet sorting method of the present invention, an optical sheet having good antiglare property can be selected when used for an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, without incorporating an optical sheet in a display device. It is possible to efficiently control the quality of the optical sheet.
光学シートを選別する判定条件は、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を必須条件とする。光学シートを選別する判定条件は、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、並びに、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を必須条件とすることが好ましい。
各条件の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。例えば、条件Ａ－１の判定条件は、σＳＲａが０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 The determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet are the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2. The determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet preferably include the above conditions A-1 and A-2 and the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as essential conditions.
The numerical range of each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above. For example, the determination condition of Condition A-1 is preferably that σ SRa is 0.040 μm or less.
各条件の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。例えば、条件Ａ－１の判定条件は、σＳＲａが０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 The determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet are the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2. The determination conditions for selecting the optical sheet preferably include the above conditions A-1 and A-2 and the above conditions B-1 and B-2 as essential conditions.
The numerical range of each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above. For example, the determination condition of Condition A-1 is preferably that σ SRa is 0.040 μm or less.
判定条件として条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を含む場合、より正確にギラツキを防止できる光学シートを選別する観点から、さらに以下の条件Ｂ－３及びＢ－４を判定条件とすることが好ましい。
また、判定条件として条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を含む場合、並びに、判定条件として条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を含む場合、より正確にギラツキを防止できる光学シートを選別する観点から、さらに以下の条件Ｃ－１を判定条件とすることが好ましい。
なお、条件Ｂ－３、Ｂ－４及びＣ－１の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。 When the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, it is preferable that the following conditions B-3 and B-4 are further set as the determination conditions from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately.
Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included as the determination conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately, The following condition C-1 is preferably set as the determination condition.
Note that the numerical ranges of the conditions B-3, B-4, and C-1 are preferably the preferable numerical ranges of the optical sheet described above.
また、判定条件として条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を含む場合、並びに、判定条件として条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を含む場合、より正確にギラツキを防止できる光学シートを選別する観点から、さらに以下の条件Ｃ－１を判定条件とすることが好ましい。
なお、条件Ｂ－３、Ｂ－４及びＣ－１の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。 When the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, it is preferable that the following conditions B-3 and B-4 are further set as the determination conditions from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately.
Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included as the determination conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included as the determination conditions, from the viewpoint of selecting an optical sheet that can prevent glare more accurately, The following condition C-1 is preferably set as the determination condition.
Note that the numerical ranges of the conditions B-3, B-4, and C-1 are preferably the preferable numerical ranges of the optical sheet described above.
条件Ｂ－３：Ｃ０．１２５が３０．０％以上。
条件Ｂ－４：Ｃ２．０が４０．０％以上。
条件Ｃ－１：光学シートの内部へイズが１５～４０％。 Condition B-3: C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
Condition B-4: C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
Condition C-1: The inner depth of the optical sheet is 15 to 40%.
条件Ｂ－４：Ｃ２．０が４０．０％以上。
条件Ｃ－１：光学シートの内部へイズが１５～４０％。 Condition B-3: C 0.125 is 30.0% or more.
Condition B-4: C 2.0 is 40.0% or more.
Condition C-1: The inner depth of the optical sheet is 15 to 40%.
［光学シートの製造方法］
本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの製造方法であって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの製造方法である。 [Optical sheet manufacturing method]
The method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention is a method for producing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or the above condition B-1 And B-2, a method for producing an optical sheet used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの製造方法であって、前記光学シートが、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの製造方法である。 [Optical sheet manufacturing method]
The method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention is a method for producing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the above conditions A-1 and A-2, or the above condition B-1 And B-2, a method for producing an optical sheet used for the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
本発明の光学シートの製造方法では、防眩性等の諸特性を付与できるとともに、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子の映像光のギラツキを防止できる光学シートを効率よく製造することができる。
According to the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention, it is possible to efficiently produce an optical sheet capable of imparting various properties such as anti-glare properties and preventing glare of image light of an ultra-high definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. it can.
本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、あるいは、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造条件を制御することを必須とする。本発明の光学シートの製造方法は、上記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２、並びに、上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造条件を制御することが好ましい。
各条件の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。例えば、条件Ａ－１は、σＳＲａが０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 In the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention, it is essential to control the production conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2. In the optical sheet manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferable to control the manufacturing conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2 and the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
The numerical range of each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above. For example, in condition A-1, σ SRa is preferably 0.040 μm or less.
各条件の数値範囲は、上述した光学シートの好適な数値範囲であることが好ましい。例えば、条件Ａ－１は、σＳＲａが０．０４０μｍ以下であることが好ましい。 In the method for producing an optical sheet of the present invention, it is essential to control the production conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2 or the above conditions B-1 and B-2. In the optical sheet manufacturing method of the present invention, it is preferable to control the manufacturing conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions A-1 and A-2 and the above conditions B-1 and B-2.
The numerical range of each condition is preferably a preferable numerical range of the optical sheet described above. For example, in condition A-1, σ SRa is preferably 0.040 μm or less.
上記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造条件を制御する場合、さらに上記条件Ｂ－３及びＢ－４を満たすように製造条件を制御することが好ましい。
また、製造条件の制御に条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を含む場合、並びに、製造条件の制御に条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を含む場合、さらに上記条件Ｃ－１を満たすように製造条件を制御することが好ましい。 When the production conditions are controlled so as to satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to further control the production conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions B-3 and B-4.
Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, the manufacturing conditions are set so as to further satisfy the condition C-1. Is preferably controlled.
また、製造条件の制御に条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を含む場合、並びに、製造条件の制御に条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を含む場合、さらに上記条件Ｃ－１を満たすように製造条件を制御することが好ましい。 When the production conditions are controlled so as to satisfy the above conditions B-1 and B-2, it is preferable to further control the production conditions so as to satisfy the above conditions B-3 and B-4.
Further, when the conditions A-1 and A-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, and when the conditions B-1 and B-2 are included in the control of the manufacturing conditions, the manufacturing conditions are set so as to further satisfy the condition C-1. Is preferably controlled.
条件Ａ－１、Ａ－２、Ｂ－１～Ｂ－４は、凹凸層の表面形状にバラツキが少なくすることにより制御できる。
条件Ａ－１、Ａ－２、Ｂ－１～Ｂ－４を制御する具体的手段は、凹凸層を型により形成する場合は型の形状を制御すればよい。また、凹凸層をコーティングにより形成する場合の条件Ａ－１、Ａ－２、Ｂ－１～Ｂ－４を制御する具体的手段は、有機粒子、無機微粒子、バインダー樹脂、レベリング剤、溶剤及び乾燥条件を上述した好適な実施形態とすることが挙げられる。
条件Ｃ－１は、内部拡散要素により制御できる。具体的には、バインダー樹脂の屈折率、有機粒子の形状、有機粒子の粒子径、有機粒子の添加量及び有機粒子の屈折率等の調整により、内部拡散要素を制御できる。また、バインダー樹脂に添加する有機粒子以外の材料（無機微粒子）の濃度等も内部拡散要素に影響を与える。 Conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 can be controlled by reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
The specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 may be to control the shape of the mold when the uneven layer is formed by a mold. Specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, B-1 to B-4 when forming the uneven layer by coating are organic particles, inorganic fine particles, binder resin, leveling agent, solvent and drying. It is mentioned that the conditions are the above-described preferred embodiments.
Condition C-1 can be controlled by an internal diffusion element. Specifically, the internal diffusion element can be controlled by adjusting the refractive index of the binder resin, the shape of the organic particles, the particle diameter of the organic particles, the addition amount of the organic particles, the refractive index of the organic particles, and the like. The concentration of materials (inorganic fine particles) other than the organic particles added to the binder resin also affects the internal diffusion element.
条件Ａ－１、Ａ－２、Ｂ－１～Ｂ－４を制御する具体的手段は、凹凸層を型により形成する場合は型の形状を制御すればよい。また、凹凸層をコーティングにより形成する場合の条件Ａ－１、Ａ－２、Ｂ－１～Ｂ－４を制御する具体的手段は、有機粒子、無機微粒子、バインダー樹脂、レベリング剤、溶剤及び乾燥条件を上述した好適な実施形態とすることが挙げられる。
条件Ｃ－１は、内部拡散要素により制御できる。具体的には、バインダー樹脂の屈折率、有機粒子の形状、有機粒子の粒子径、有機粒子の添加量及び有機粒子の屈折率等の調整により、内部拡散要素を制御できる。また、バインダー樹脂に添加する有機粒子以外の材料（無機微粒子）の濃度等も内部拡散要素に影響を与える。 Conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 can be controlled by reducing variations in the surface shape of the uneven layer.
The specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, and B-1 to B-4 may be to control the shape of the mold when the uneven layer is formed by a mold. Specific means for controlling the conditions A-1, A-2, B-1 to B-4 when forming the uneven layer by coating are organic particles, inorganic fine particles, binder resin, leveling agent, solvent and drying. It is mentioned that the conditions are the above-described preferred embodiments.
Condition C-1 can be controlled by an internal diffusion element. Specifically, the internal diffusion element can be controlled by adjusting the refractive index of the binder resin, the shape of the organic particles, the particle diameter of the organic particles, the addition amount of the organic particles, the refractive index of the organic particles, and the like. The concentration of materials (inorganic fine particles) other than the organic particles added to the binder resin also affects the internal diffusion element.
次に、本発明を実施例により更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらの例によってなんら限定されるものではない。なお、「部」及び「％」は特に断りのない限り質量基準とする。
Next, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited to these examples. “Part” and “%” are based on mass unless otherwise specified.
１．光学シートの物性測定及び評価
以下のように、実施例及び比較例の光学シートの物性測定及び評価を行った。結果を表１に示す。 1. Measurement and Evaluation of Physical Properties of Optical Sheets Physical property measurements and evaluations of optical sheets of Examples and Comparative Examples were performed as follows. The results are shown in Table 1.
以下のように、実施例及び比較例の光学シートの物性測定及び評価を行った。結果を表１に示す。 1. Measurement and Evaluation of Physical Properties of Optical Sheets Physical property measurements and evaluations of optical sheets of Examples and Comparative Examples were performed as follows. The results are shown in Table 1.
１－１．光学シートの凹凸形状
＜ＳＲａ＞
実施例及び比較例で得られた各光学シートの凹凸層が形成されている面とは反対側の面に、透明粘着剤を介して、ガラス板に貼付してサンプルとし、白色干渉顕微鏡（Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ７３００、Ｚｙｇｏ社製）を用いて、以下の条件にて、光学シートの表面形状の測定・解析を行った。
なお、測定・解析ソフトにはＭｅｔｒｏＰｒｏ ｖｅｒ８．３．２のＭｉｃｒｏｓｃｏｐｅ Ａｐｐｌｉｃａｔｉｏｎを用いた。
（測定条件）
対物レンズ：５０倍
Ｚｏｏｍ：１倍
測定領域：１ｍｍ×１ｍｍ
解像度（１点当たりの間隔）：０．４４μｍ
（解析条件）
Ｒｅｍｏｖｅｄ：Ｎｏｎｅ
Ｆｉｌｔｅｒ：ＢａｎｄＰａｓｓ
ＦｉｌｔｅｒＴｙｐｅ：ＧａｕｓｓＳｐｌｉｎｅ
Ｌｏｗ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈ：８００μｍ
Ｈｉｇｈ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈ：３μｍ
Ｒｅｍｏｖｅ ｓｐｉｋｅｓ： ｏｎ
Ｓｐｉｋｅ Ｈｅｉｇｈｔ（ｘＲＭＳ）：２．５
Ｌｏｗ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈは、粗さパラメータにおけるカットオフ値λｃに相当する。
測定データを１２×１２の１４４個の領域（一つの領域は６４μｍ四方）に分割し、Ｓｕｒｆａｃｅ Ｍａｐ画面上に各領域のＳＲａを表示させた。各領域のＳＲａからσＳＲａ及びＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した。 1-1. Uneven shape of optical sheet <SRa>
The optical sheet obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples is attached to a glass plate through a transparent adhesive on the surface opposite to the surface on which the concavo-convex layer is formed as a sample, and a white interference microscope (New) The surface shape of the optical sheet was measured and analyzed under the following conditions using View 7300 (manufactured by Zygo).
In addition, Microscope Application 8.3.2 Microscope Application was used as measurement / analysis software.
(Measurement condition)
Objective lens: 50x Zoom: 1x measurement area: 1mm x 1mm
Resolution (interval per point): 0.44 μm
(Analysis conditions)
Removed: None
Filter: BandPass
FilterType: GaussSpline
Low wavelength: 800 μm
High wavelength: 3 μm
Remove spikes: on
Spike Height (xRMS): 2.5
Low wavelength corresponds to the cutoff value λc in the roughness parameter.
The measurement data was divided into 12 × 12 144 areas (one area is 64 μm square), and the SRa of each area was displayed on the Surface Map screen. Σ SRa and SRa AVE were calculated from SRa of each region.
＜ＳＲａ＞
実施例及び比較例で得られた各光学シートの凹凸層が形成されている面とは反対側の面に、透明粘着剤を介して、ガラス板に貼付してサンプルとし、白色干渉顕微鏡（Ｎｅｗ Ｖｉｅｗ７３００、Ｚｙｇｏ社製）を用いて、以下の条件にて、光学シートの表面形状の測定・解析を行った。
なお、測定・解析ソフトにはＭｅｔｒｏＰｒｏ ｖｅｒ８．３．２のＭｉｃｒｏｓｃｏｐｅ Ａｐｐｌｉｃａｔｉｏｎを用いた。
（測定条件）
対物レンズ：５０倍
Ｚｏｏｍ：１倍
測定領域：１ｍｍ×１ｍｍ
解像度（１点当たりの間隔）：０．４４μｍ
（解析条件）
Ｒｅｍｏｖｅｄ：Ｎｏｎｅ
Ｆｉｌｔｅｒ：ＢａｎｄＰａｓｓ
ＦｉｌｔｅｒＴｙｐｅ：ＧａｕｓｓＳｐｌｉｎｅ
Ｌｏｗ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈ：８００μｍ
Ｈｉｇｈ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈ：３μｍ
Ｒｅｍｏｖｅ ｓｐｉｋｅｓ： ｏｎ
Ｓｐｉｋｅ Ｈｅｉｇｈｔ（ｘＲＭＳ）：２．５
Ｌｏｗ ｗａｖｅｌｅｎｇｔｈは、粗さパラメータにおけるカットオフ値λｃに相当する。
測定データを１２×１２の１４４個の領域（一つの領域は６４μｍ四方）に分割し、Ｓｕｒｆａｃｅ Ｍａｐ画面上に各領域のＳＲａを表示させた。各領域のＳＲａからσＳＲａ及びＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した。 1-1. Uneven shape of optical sheet <SRa>
The optical sheet obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples is attached to a glass plate through a transparent adhesive on the surface opposite to the surface on which the concavo-convex layer is formed as a sample, and a white interference microscope (New) The surface shape of the optical sheet was measured and analyzed under the following conditions using View 7300 (manufactured by Zygo).
In addition, Microscope Application 8.3.2 Microscope Application was used as measurement / analysis software.
(Measurement condition)
Objective lens: 50x Zoom: 1x measurement area: 1mm x 1mm
Resolution (interval per point): 0.44 μm
(Analysis conditions)
Removed: None
Filter: BandPass
FilterType: GaussSpline
Low wavelength: 800 μm
High wavelength: 3 μm
Remove spikes: on
Spike Height (xRMS): 2.5
Low wavelength corresponds to the cutoff value λc in the roughness parameter.
The measurement data was divided into 12 × 12 144 areas (one area is 64 μm square), and the SRa of each area was displayed on the Surface Map screen. Σ SRa and SRa AVE were calculated from SRa of each region.
１－２．透過像鮮明度
スガ試験機社製の写像性測定器（商品名：ＩＣＭ－１Ｔ）を用いて、ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に従って、０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１ｍｍ及び２ｍｍの巾をもつ光学くしを通した５種類の透過像鮮明度を測定した。
１－３．ヘイズ
まず、ヘイズメーター（ＨＭ－１５０、村上色彩技術研究所製）を用いて、ＪＩＳ Ｋ－７１３６：２０００に従ってヘイズ（全体ヘイズ）を測定した。また、光学シートの表面に、透明粘着剤を介して、厚み８０μｍのＴＡＣフィルム（富士フイルム社製、ＴＤ８０ＵＬ）を貼り付けることによって凹凸形状をつぶして平坦にし、表面形状起因のヘイズの影響をなくした状態でヘイズを測定して、内部ヘイズ（Ｈｉ）を求めた。そして、全体ヘイズ値から内部ヘイズ値を差し引いて、表面ヘイズ（Ｈｓ）を求めた。光入射面は基材側とした。 1-2. Transmission image definition Optical having a width of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm and 2 mm according to JIS K7374 using a image clarity measuring instrument (trade name: ICM-1T) manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. Five types of transmitted image clarity through the comb were measured.
1-3. First, the haze (overall haze) was measured according to JIS K-7136: 2000 using a haze meter (HM-150, manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory). In addition, the concavo-convex shape is crushed and flattened by attaching a TAC film of 80 μm thickness (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation, TD80UL) to the surface of the optical sheet via a transparent adhesive, eliminating the influence of haze caused by the surface shape. Then, the haze was measured to determine the internal haze (Hi). Then, the surface haze (Hs) was obtained by subtracting the internal haze value from the overall haze value. The light incident surface was the substrate side.
スガ試験機社製の写像性測定器（商品名：ＩＣＭ－１Ｔ）を用いて、ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に従って、０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１ｍｍ及び２ｍｍの巾をもつ光学くしを通した５種類の透過像鮮明度を測定した。
１－３．ヘイズ
まず、ヘイズメーター（ＨＭ－１５０、村上色彩技術研究所製）を用いて、ＪＩＳ Ｋ－７１３６：２０００に従ってヘイズ（全体ヘイズ）を測定した。また、光学シートの表面に、透明粘着剤を介して、厚み８０μｍのＴＡＣフィルム（富士フイルム社製、ＴＤ８０ＵＬ）を貼り付けることによって凹凸形状をつぶして平坦にし、表面形状起因のヘイズの影響をなくした状態でヘイズを測定して、内部ヘイズ（Ｈｉ）を求めた。そして、全体ヘイズ値から内部ヘイズ値を差し引いて、表面ヘイズ（Ｈｓ）を求めた。光入射面は基材側とした。 1-2. Transmission image definition Optical having a width of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1 mm and 2 mm according to JIS K7374 using a image clarity measuring instrument (trade name: ICM-1T) manufactured by Suga Test Instruments Co., Ltd. Five types of transmitted image clarity through the comb were measured.
1-3. First, the haze (overall haze) was measured according to JIS K-7136: 2000 using a haze meter (HM-150, manufactured by Murakami Color Research Laboratory). In addition, the concavo-convex shape is crushed and flattened by attaching a TAC film of 80 μm thickness (manufactured by FUJIFILM Corporation, TD80UL) to the surface of the optical sheet via a transparent adhesive, eliminating the influence of haze caused by the surface shape. Then, the haze was measured to determine the internal haze (Hi). Then, the surface haze (Hs) was obtained by subtracting the internal haze value from the overall haze value. The light incident surface was the substrate side.
１－４．ギラツキ
実施例および比較例で得られた各光学シートにおいて、光学シートの凹凸層が形成されていない面と、ブラックマトリクス（ガラス厚み０．７ｍｍ）のマトリクスが形成されていないガラス面とを透明粘着剤で貼り合わせた。こうして得られた試料に対し、ブラックマトリクス側に白色面光源（ＨＡＫＵＢＡ社製、ＬＩＧＨＴＢＯＸ、平均輝度１０００ｃｄ／ｍ２）を設置することで、疑似的にギラツキ発生させた。これを光学シート側からＣＣＤカメラ（ＫＰ－Ｍ１、Ｃマウントアダプタ、接写リング；ＰＫ－１１Ａ ニコン、カメラレンズ；５０ｍｍ，Ｆ１．４ｓ ＮＩＫＫＯＲ）で撮影した。ＣＣＤカメラと光学シートの距離は２５０ｍｍとし、ＣＣＤカメラのフォーカスは光学シートに合うように調節した。ＣＣＤカメラで撮影した画像をパーソナルコンピュータに取り込み、画像処理ソフト（ＩｍａｇｅＰｒｏ Ｐｌｕｓ ｖｅｒ．６．２；Ｍｅｄｉａ Ｃｙｂｅｒｎｅｔｉｃｓ社製）で次のように解析を行った。
まず、取り込んだ画像から２００×１６０ピクセルの評価箇所を選び、該評価箇所において、１６ｂｉｔグレースケールに変換した。次に、フィルタコマンドの強調タブからローパスフィルタを選択し「３×３、回数３、強さ１０」の条件でフィルタをかけた。これによりブラックマトリクスパターン由来の成分を除去した。次に、平坦化を選択し、「背景：暗い、オブジェクト幅１０」の条件でシェーディング補正を行った。次に、コントラスト強調コマンドで「コントラスト：９６、ブライトネス：４８」としてコントラスト強調を行った。得られた画像を８ビットグレースケールに変換し、その中の１５０×１１０ピクセルについてピクセルごとの値のばらつきを標準偏差値として算出することにより、ギラツキを数値化した。この数値化したギラツキ値が小さいほど、ギラツキが少ないと言える。なお、評価は、ブラックマトリクスが画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ相当のものと、画素密度２００ｐｐｉ相当のものの２つで行った。 1-4. Glare In each of the optical sheets obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the surface of the optical sheet on which the uneven layer is not formed and the glass surface on which the black matrix (glass thickness 0.7 mm) is not formed are transparently adhered. It stuck together with the agent. For the sample thus obtained, a white surface light source (manufactured by HAKUBA, LIGHTBOX, average luminance of 1000 cd / m 2 ) was installed on the black matrix side, thereby generating pseudo glare. This was photographed from the optical sheet side with a CCD camera (KP-M1, C mount adapter, close-up ring; PK-11A Nikon, camera lens; 50 mm, F1.4s NIKOR). The distance between the CCD camera and the optical sheet was 250 mm, and the focus of the CCD camera was adjusted to match the optical sheet. Images taken with a CCD camera were taken into a personal computer and analyzed with image processing software (ImagePro Plus ver. 6.2; manufactured by Media Cybernetics) as follows.
First, an evaluation location of 200 × 160 pixels was selected from the captured image, and converted to a 16-bit gray scale at the evaluation location. Next, the low-pass filter was selected from the enhancement tab of the filter command, and the filter was applied under the conditions of “3 × 3, number of times 3, strength 10”. As a result, components derived from the black matrix pattern were removed. Next, flattening was selected, and shading correction was performed under the condition of “background: dark, object width 10”. Next, contrast enhancement was performed with “contrast: 96, brightness: 48” using a contrast enhancement command. The obtained image was converted to an 8-bit gray scale, and the variation in the value for each pixel was calculated as a standard deviation value for 150 × 110 pixels in the image, thereby glaring was digitized. It can be said that the smaller the numerical value of the glare value, the less the glare. Note that the evaluation was performed with the black matrix having a pixel density of 350 ppi or the pixel density of 200 ppi.
実施例および比較例で得られた各光学シートにおいて、光学シートの凹凸層が形成されていない面と、ブラックマトリクス（ガラス厚み０．７ｍｍ）のマトリクスが形成されていないガラス面とを透明粘着剤で貼り合わせた。こうして得られた試料に対し、ブラックマトリクス側に白色面光源（ＨＡＫＵＢＡ社製、ＬＩＧＨＴＢＯＸ、平均輝度１０００ｃｄ／ｍ２）を設置することで、疑似的にギラツキ発生させた。これを光学シート側からＣＣＤカメラ（ＫＰ－Ｍ１、Ｃマウントアダプタ、接写リング；ＰＫ－１１Ａ ニコン、カメラレンズ；５０ｍｍ，Ｆ１．４ｓ ＮＩＫＫＯＲ）で撮影した。ＣＣＤカメラと光学シートの距離は２５０ｍｍとし、ＣＣＤカメラのフォーカスは光学シートに合うように調節した。ＣＣＤカメラで撮影した画像をパーソナルコンピュータに取り込み、画像処理ソフト（ＩｍａｇｅＰｒｏ Ｐｌｕｓ ｖｅｒ．６．２；Ｍｅｄｉａ Ｃｙｂｅｒｎｅｔｉｃｓ社製）で次のように解析を行った。
まず、取り込んだ画像から２００×１６０ピクセルの評価箇所を選び、該評価箇所において、１６ｂｉｔグレースケールに変換した。次に、フィルタコマンドの強調タブからローパスフィルタを選択し「３×３、回数３、強さ１０」の条件でフィルタをかけた。これによりブラックマトリクスパターン由来の成分を除去した。次に、平坦化を選択し、「背景：暗い、オブジェクト幅１０」の条件でシェーディング補正を行った。次に、コントラスト強調コマンドで「コントラスト：９６、ブライトネス：４８」としてコントラスト強調を行った。得られた画像を８ビットグレースケールに変換し、その中の１５０×１１０ピクセルについてピクセルごとの値のばらつきを標準偏差値として算出することにより、ギラツキを数値化した。この数値化したギラツキ値が小さいほど、ギラツキが少ないと言える。なお、評価は、ブラックマトリクスが画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ相当のものと、画素密度２００ｐｐｉ相当のものの２つで行った。 1-4. Glare In each of the optical sheets obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, the surface of the optical sheet on which the uneven layer is not formed and the glass surface on which the black matrix (glass thickness 0.7 mm) is not formed are transparently adhered. It stuck together with the agent. For the sample thus obtained, a white surface light source (manufactured by HAKUBA, LIGHTBOX, average luminance of 1000 cd / m 2 ) was installed on the black matrix side, thereby generating pseudo glare. This was photographed from the optical sheet side with a CCD camera (KP-M1, C mount adapter, close-up ring; PK-11A Nikon, camera lens; 50 mm, F1.4s NIKOR). The distance between the CCD camera and the optical sheet was 250 mm, and the focus of the CCD camera was adjusted to match the optical sheet. Images taken with a CCD camera were taken into a personal computer and analyzed with image processing software (ImagePro Plus ver. 6.2; manufactured by Media Cybernetics) as follows.
First, an evaluation location of 200 × 160 pixels was selected from the captured image, and converted to a 16-bit gray scale at the evaluation location. Next, the low-pass filter was selected from the enhancement tab of the filter command, and the filter was applied under the conditions of “3 × 3, number of times 3, strength 10”. As a result, components derived from the black matrix pattern were removed. Next, flattening was selected, and shading correction was performed under the condition of “background: dark, object width 10”. Next, contrast enhancement was performed with “contrast: 96, brightness: 48” using a contrast enhancement command. The obtained image was converted to an 8-bit gray scale, and the variation in the value for each pixel was calculated as a standard deviation value for 150 × 110 pixels in the image, thereby glaring was digitized. It can be said that the smaller the numerical value of the glare value, the less the glare. Note that the evaluation was performed with the black matrix having a pixel density of 350 ppi or the pixel density of 200 ppi.
１－５．防眩性
得られた光学シートの基材側に、黒色アクリル板を、透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせた評価用サンプルを水平面に置き、評価用サンプルから１．５ｍ上方に蛍光灯を配置し、評価用サンプル上に蛍光灯を移しこませ、かつ評価用サンプル上の照度が８００～１２００Ｌｘとした環境下で、様々な角度から目視官能評価を行い、以下の基準に従って評価した。
Ａ：いかなる角度からも蛍光灯の像が認識できない。
Ｂ：蛍光灯の像は映り込むが、蛍光灯の輪郭がぼやけ、輪郭の境界部が認識できない。
Ｃ：蛍光灯の像が鏡面のように映り込み、蛍光灯の輪郭（輪郭の境界部）がはっきりと認識できる。 1-5. Anti-glare property On the substrate side of the obtained optical sheet, a black acrylic plate is placed on a horizontal surface with an evaluation sample bonded via a transparent adhesive, and a fluorescent lamp is placed 1.5 m above the evaluation sample. In the environment where the fluorescent lamp was transferred onto the evaluation sample and the illuminance on the evaluation sample was 800 to 1200 Lx, visual sensory evaluation was performed from various angles, and evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
A: An image of a fluorescent lamp cannot be recognized from any angle.
B: An image of a fluorescent lamp is reflected, but the outline of the fluorescent lamp is blurred and the boundary portion of the outline cannot be recognized.
C: An image of the fluorescent lamp is reflected like a mirror surface, and the outline of the fluorescent lamp (the boundary of the outline) can be clearly recognized.
得られた光学シートの基材側に、黒色アクリル板を、透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせた評価用サンプルを水平面に置き、評価用サンプルから１．５ｍ上方に蛍光灯を配置し、評価用サンプル上に蛍光灯を移しこませ、かつ評価用サンプル上の照度が８００～１２００Ｌｘとした環境下で、様々な角度から目視官能評価を行い、以下の基準に従って評価した。
Ａ：いかなる角度からも蛍光灯の像が認識できない。
Ｂ：蛍光灯の像は映り込むが、蛍光灯の輪郭がぼやけ、輪郭の境界部が認識できない。
Ｃ：蛍光灯の像が鏡面のように映り込み、蛍光灯の輪郭（輪郭の境界部）がはっきりと認識できる。 1-5. Anti-glare property On the substrate side of the obtained optical sheet, a black acrylic plate is placed on a horizontal surface with an evaluation sample bonded via a transparent adhesive, and a fluorescent lamp is placed 1.5 m above the evaluation sample. In the environment where the fluorescent lamp was transferred onto the evaluation sample and the illuminance on the evaluation sample was 800 to 1200 Lx, visual sensory evaluation was performed from various angles, and evaluation was performed according to the following criteria.
A: An image of a fluorescent lamp cannot be recognized from any angle.
B: An image of a fluorescent lamp is reflected, but the outline of the fluorescent lamp is blurred and the boundary portion of the outline cannot be recognized.
C: An image of the fluorescent lamp is reflected like a mirror surface, and the outline of the fluorescent lamp (the boundary of the outline) can be clearly recognized.
１－６．白化
光学シートの透明基材側の面と、黒色のアクリル板とを透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせたサンプルを作製した。作製したサンプルについて、暗室にて、３波長蛍光灯管を光源とする卓上スタンドの下で、以下の基準で白濁感を観察した。
Ａ：白さが観察されなかった。
Ｃ：白さが観察された。
１－７．干渉縞
２枚の光学シートを、一方の光学シートの凹凸面側と、他方の光学シートの透明基材側とが対向するようにして重ね合わせた。その結果、干渉縞が発生しなかったものを「Ａ」、干渉縞が発生したものを「Ｃ」とした。 1-6. Whitening The sample which bonded the surface by the side of the transparent base material of an optical sheet, and the black acrylic board through the transparent adhesive was produced. About the produced sample, the cloudiness feeling was observed on the following references | standards in the dark room under the desk stand which uses a 3 wavelength fluorescent lamp tube as a light source.
A: Whiteness was not observed.
C: Whiteness was observed.
1-7. Interference fringes Two optical sheets were overlapped so that the concave-convex surface side of one optical sheet and the transparent substrate side of the other optical sheet faced each other. As a result, “A” indicates that no interference fringe is generated, and “C” indicates that an interference fringe is generated.
光学シートの透明基材側の面と、黒色のアクリル板とを透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせたサンプルを作製した。作製したサンプルについて、暗室にて、３波長蛍光灯管を光源とする卓上スタンドの下で、以下の基準で白濁感を観察した。
Ａ：白さが観察されなかった。
Ｃ：白さが観察された。
１－７．干渉縞
２枚の光学シートを、一方の光学シートの凹凸面側と、他方の光学シートの透明基材側とが対向するようにして重ね合わせた。その結果、干渉縞が発生しなかったものを「Ａ」、干渉縞が発生したものを「Ｃ」とした。 1-6. Whitening The sample which bonded the surface by the side of the transparent base material of an optical sheet, and the black acrylic board through the transparent adhesive was produced. About the produced sample, the cloudiness feeling was observed on the following references | standards in the dark room under the desk stand which uses a 3 wavelength fluorescent lamp tube as a light source.
A: Whiteness was not observed.
C: Whiteness was observed.
1-7. Interference fringes Two optical sheets were overlapped so that the concave-convex surface side of one optical sheet and the transparent substrate side of the other optical sheet faced each other. As a result, “A” indicates that no interference fringe is generated, and “C” indicates that an interference fringe is generated.
２．凹凸層形成塗布液の調製
２－１．凹凸層形成塗布液１
下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散させて中間組成物を得た。次いで、下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散し無機微粒子分散物を得た。さらに、中間組成物をディスパーで撹拌しながら、無機微粒子分散物を徐々に加えていき、凹凸層形成塗布液１を得た。 2. 2. Preparation of uneven layer forming coating solution 2-1. Convex layer formingcoating solution 1
The composition shown below was dispersed by a bead mill to obtain an intermediate composition. Next, the following formulation was dispersed with a bead mill to obtain an inorganic fine particle dispersion. Furthermore, the inorganic fine particle dispersion was gradually added while stirring the intermediate composition with a disper to obtain an uneven layer formingcoating solution 1.
２－１．凹凸層形成塗布液１
下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散させて中間組成物を得た。次いで、下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散し無機微粒子分散物を得た。さらに、中間組成物をディスパーで撹拌しながら、無機微粒子分散物を徐々に加えていき、凹凸層形成塗布液１を得た。 2. 2. Preparation of uneven layer forming coating solution 2-1. Convex layer forming
The composition shown below was dispersed by a bead mill to obtain an intermediate composition. Next, the following formulation was dispersed with a bead mill to obtain an inorganic fine particle dispersion. Furthermore, the inorganic fine particle dispersion was gradually added while stirring the intermediate composition with a disper to obtain an uneven layer forming
（中間組成物）
・有機粒子（非親水化処理ポリスチレン粒子、平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５９、比重１．０５、積水化成品工業社製）／１１質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート（比重１．１６５）／６０質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート（商品名「Ｖ－４０００ＢＡ」、ＤＩＣ社製）／４０質量部
・光重合開始剤（商品名「イルガキュア１８４」、ＢＡＳＦジャパン社製）／５質量部
・ポリエーテル変性シリコーン（商品名「ＴＳＦ４４６０」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製）／０．０２５質量部
・トルエン／１００質量部
・イソプロピルアルコール／４０質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート／２５質量部 (Intermediate composition)
Organic particles (non-hydrophilic polystyrene particles, average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.59, specific gravity 1.05, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) / 11 parts by mass Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (specific gravity 1.165) ) / 60 parts by mass / urethane acrylate (trade name “V-4000BA”, manufactured by DIC) / 40 parts by mass / photopolymerization initiator (trade name “Irgacure 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan) / 5 parts by mass / polyether Modified silicone (trade name “TSF4460”, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials) /0.025 parts by mass / toluene / 100 parts by mass / isopropyl alcohol / 40 parts by mass / propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate / 25 parts by mass
・有機粒子（非親水化処理ポリスチレン粒子、平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５９、比重１．０５、積水化成品工業社製）／１１質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート（比重１．１６５）／６０質量部
・ウレタンアクリレート（商品名「Ｖ－４０００ＢＡ」、ＤＩＣ社製）／４０質量部
・光重合開始剤（商品名「イルガキュア１８４」、ＢＡＳＦジャパン社製）／５質量部
・ポリエーテル変性シリコーン（商品名「ＴＳＦ４４６０」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製）／０．０２５質量部
・トルエン／１００質量部
・イソプロピルアルコール／４０質量部
・プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート／２５質量部 (Intermediate composition)
Organic particles (non-hydrophilic polystyrene particles, average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.59, specific gravity 1.05, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) / 11 parts by mass Pentaerythritol tetraacrylate (specific gravity 1.165) ) / 60 parts by mass / urethane acrylate (trade name “V-4000BA”, manufactured by DIC) / 40 parts by mass / photopolymerization initiator (trade name “Irgacure 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan) / 5 parts by mass / polyether Modified silicone (trade name “TSF4460”, manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials) /0.025 parts by mass / toluene / 100 parts by mass / isopropyl alcohol / 40 parts by mass / propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate / 25 parts by mass
（無機微粒子分散物）
・フュームドシリカ（オクチルシラン処理；平均１次粒子径１２ｎｍ、比重２．００、日本アエロジル社製）／７質量部
・トルエン／５５質量部
・イソプロピルアルコール／２０質量部 (Inorganic fine particle dispersion)
Fumed silica (octylsilane treatment; averageprimary particle size 12 nm, specific gravity 2.00, manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.) / 7 parts by mass Toluene / 55 parts by mass Isopropyl alcohol / 20 parts by mass
・フュームドシリカ（オクチルシラン処理；平均１次粒子径１２ｎｍ、比重２．００、日本アエロジル社製）／７質量部
・トルエン／５５質量部
・イソプロピルアルコール／２０質量部 (Inorganic fine particle dispersion)
Fumed silica (octylsilane treatment; average
２－２．凹凸層形成塗布液２
中間組成物における有機粒子の配合量を１４質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液２を得た。 2-2. Concavity and convexity layer formingcoating solution 2
A concavo-convex layer formingcoating solution 2 was obtained in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer forming coating solution 1 except that the blending amount of the organic particles in the intermediate composition was 14 parts by mass.
中間組成物における有機粒子の配合量を１４質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液２を得た。 2-2. Concavity and convexity layer forming
A concavo-convex layer forming
２－３．凹凸層形成塗布液３
中間組成物における有機粒子の配合量を８質量部とし、さらに無機微粒子分散物におけるフュームドシリカの配合量を９質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液３を得た。 2-3. Convex layer forming coating solution 3
The concavo-convex layer forming coating is performed in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer formingcoating solution 1 except that the blending amount of the organic particles in the intermediate composition is 8 parts by mass and the blending amount of fumed silica in the inorganic fine particle dispersion is 9 parts by mass. Liquid 3 was obtained.
中間組成物における有機粒子の配合量を８質量部とし、さらに無機微粒子分散物におけるフュームドシリカの配合量を９質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液３を得た。 2-3. Convex layer forming coating solution 3
The concavo-convex layer forming coating is performed in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer forming
２－４．凹凸層形成塗布液４
中間組成物における有機粒子を、非親水化処理アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子（平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５７、比重１．０８、積水化成品工業社製）として配合量を１２質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液４を得た。 2-4. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 4
The organic particles in the intermediate composition are non-hydrophilic treated acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) and a blending amount of 12 A concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution 4 was obtained in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer-formingcoating solution 1 except that the amount was in parts by mass.
中間組成物における有機粒子を、非親水化処理アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子（平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５７、比重１．０８、積水化成品工業社製）として配合量を１２質量部とした以外は、凹凸層形成塗布液１と同様にして凹凸層形成塗布液４を得た。 2-4. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 4
The organic particles in the intermediate composition are non-hydrophilic treated acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) and a blending amount of 12 A concavo-convex layer-forming coating solution 4 was obtained in the same manner as the concavo-convex layer-forming
２－５．凹凸層形成塗布液５
下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散して凹凸層用組成物５を得た。
・有機粒子（非親水化処理ポリスチレン粒子、平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５９、比重１．０６、綜研化学社製／１４質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート／１００質量部
・アクリルポリマー（分子量７５，０００、三菱レイヨン社製）／１０質量部
・光重合開始剤（商品名「イルガキュア１８４」、ＢＡＳＦジャパン社製）／５質量部
・ポリエーテル変性シリコーン（商品名「ＴＳＦ４４６０」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製）／０．０２５質量部
・トルエン／１２０質量部
・シクロヘキサノン／３０質量部 2-5. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 5
The composition shown below was dispersed with a bead mill to obtain a composition 5 for an uneven layer.
Organic particles (non-hydrophilized polystyrene particles, average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.59, specific gravity 1.06, manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd./14 parts by mass, pentaerythritol triacrylate / 100 parts by mass, acrylic polymer ( Molecular weight 75,000, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd./10 parts by weight, photopolymerization initiator (trade name “Irgacure 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan) / 5 parts by weight, polyether-modified silicone (trade name “TSF4460”, Momentive (Performance Materials Co., Ltd.) / 0.025 mass part / toluene / 120 mass parts / cyclohexanone / 30 mass parts
下記に示した配合をビーズミルにて分散して凹凸層用組成物５を得た。
・有機粒子（非親水化処理ポリスチレン粒子、平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５９、比重１．０６、綜研化学社製／１４質量部
・ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート／１００質量部
・アクリルポリマー（分子量７５，０００、三菱レイヨン社製）／１０質量部
・光重合開始剤（商品名「イルガキュア１８４」、ＢＡＳＦジャパン社製）／５質量部
・ポリエーテル変性シリコーン（商品名「ＴＳＦ４４６０」、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製）／０．０２５質量部
・トルエン／１２０質量部
・シクロヘキサノン／３０質量部 2-5. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 5
The composition shown below was dispersed with a bead mill to obtain a composition 5 for an uneven layer.
Organic particles (non-hydrophilized polystyrene particles, average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.59, specific gravity 1.06, manufactured by Soken Chemical Co., Ltd./14 parts by mass, pentaerythritol triacrylate / 100 parts by mass, acrylic polymer ( Molecular weight 75,000, manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd./10 parts by weight, photopolymerization initiator (trade name “Irgacure 184”, manufactured by BASF Japan) / 5 parts by weight, polyether-modified silicone (trade name “TSF4460”, Momentive (Performance Materials Co., Ltd.) / 0.025 mass part / toluene / 120 mass parts / cyclohexanone / 30 mass parts
２－６．凹凸層形成塗布液６
有機粒子を、非親水化処理アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子（平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５７、比重１．０８、積水化成品工業社製）とした以外は、凹凸層用組成物５と同様にして凹凸層用組成物６を得た。 2-6. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 6
The composition for the concavo-convex layer, except that the organic particles were non-hydrophilized acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) In the same manner as for Product 5, the uneven layer composition 6 was obtained.
有機粒子を、非親水化処理アクリル－スチレン共重合体粒子（平均粒子径３．５μｍ、屈折率１．５７、比重１．０８、積水化成品工業社製）とした以外は、凹凸層用組成物５と同様にして凹凸層用組成物６を得た。 2-6. Concavity and convexity layer forming coating solution 6
The composition for the concavo-convex layer, except that the organic particles were non-hydrophilized acrylic-styrene copolymer particles (average particle size 3.5 μm, refractive index 1.57, specific gravity 1.08, manufactured by Sekisui Plastics Co., Ltd.) In the same manner as for Product 5, the uneven layer composition 6 was obtained.
２－７．凹凸層形成塗布液７
有機粒子を配合しない以外は凹凸層用組成物５と同様にして凹凸層用組成物７を得た。 2-7. Convex layer forming coating solution 7
An uneven layer composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as the uneven layer composition 5 except that no organic particles were blended.
有機粒子を配合しない以外は凹凸層用組成物５と同様にして凹凸層用組成物７を得た。 2-7. Convex layer forming coating solution 7
An uneven layer composition 7 was obtained in the same manner as the uneven layer composition 5 except that no organic particles were blended.
３．光学シートの作製
［実施例１］
透明基材（厚み８０μｍトリアセチルセルロース樹脂フィルム、富士フイルム社製、ＴＤ８０ＵＬ）上に、凹凸層形成塗布液１を塗布し、７０℃、風速５ｍ／ｓで３０秒間乾燥した後、紫外線を窒素雰囲気（酸素濃度２００ｐｐｍ以下）下にて積算光量が１００ｍＪ／ｃｍ２になるように照射して、凹凸層を形成し、光学シートを得た。凹凸層の膜厚は６．０μｍであった。 3. Production of optical sheet [Example 1]
A concavo-convex layer formingcoating solution 1 is applied on a transparent substrate (80 μm thick triacetyl cellulose resin film, TD80UL, manufactured by Fuji Film Co., Ltd.), dried at 70 ° C. and a wind speed of 5 m / s for 30 seconds, and then irradiated with ultraviolet light in a nitrogen atmosphere. Irradiation was performed under an oxygen concentration of 200 ppm or less so that the integrated light amount was 100 mJ / cm 2 to form an uneven layer, whereby an optical sheet was obtained. The film thickness of the concavo-convex layer was 6.0 μm.
［実施例１］
透明基材（厚み８０μｍトリアセチルセルロース樹脂フィルム、富士フイルム社製、ＴＤ８０ＵＬ）上に、凹凸層形成塗布液１を塗布し、７０℃、風速５ｍ／ｓで３０秒間乾燥した後、紫外線を窒素雰囲気（酸素濃度２００ｐｐｍ以下）下にて積算光量が１００ｍＪ／ｃｍ２になるように照射して、凹凸層を形成し、光学シートを得た。凹凸層の膜厚は６．０μｍであった。 3. Production of optical sheet [Example 1]
A concavo-convex layer forming
［実施例２～４］
凹凸層形成塗布液１を凹凸層塗布液２～４とした以外は、実施例１と同様にして、実施例２～４の光学シートを得た。 [Examples 2 to 4]
Optical sheets of Examples 2 to 4 were obtained in the same manner as Example 1 except that the uneven layer formingcoating solution 1 was changed to the uneven layer coating solutions 2 to 4.
凹凸層形成塗布液１を凹凸層塗布液２～４とした以外は、実施例１と同様にして、実施例２～４の光学シートを得た。 [Examples 2 to 4]
Optical sheets of Examples 2 to 4 were obtained in the same manner as Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming
［比較例１］
凹凸層形成塗布液１を凹凸層塗布液５とし、さらに凹凸層の膜厚を４．５μｍとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして、比較例１の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 1]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the uneven layer formingcoating solution 1 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 5 and the thickness of the uneven layer was 4.5 μm.
凹凸層形成塗布液１を凹凸層塗布液５とし、さらに凹凸層の膜厚を４．５μｍとした以外は、実施例１と同様にして、比較例１の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 1]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming
［比較例２］
凹凸層形成塗布液５を凹凸層塗布液６とした以外は、比較例１と同様にして、比較例２の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 2]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 6.
凹凸層形成塗布液５を凹凸層塗布液６とした以外は、比較例１と同様にして、比較例２の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 2]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 6.
［比較例３］
凹凸層形成塗布液５を凹凸層塗布液７とした以外は、比較例１と同様にして、比較例３の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 3]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 7.
凹凸層形成塗布液５を凹凸層塗布液７とした以外は、比較例１と同様にして、比較例３の光学シートを得た。 [Comparative Example 3]
An optical sheet of Comparative Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 except that the uneven layer forming coating solution 5 was changed to the uneven layer coating solution 7.
表１の結果から明らかなように、実施例１～４の光学シートは、防眩性等の諸特性を付与できるとともに、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子のギラツキを防止することができ、さらにはコントラストにも優れるものであった。また、実施例１～４の光学シートは、画素密度３５０ｐｐｉの表示素子のギラツキ防止性については、比較例１～２の光学シートよりも極めて良好な効果を示しているが、画素密度２００ｐｐｉの表示素子のギラツキ防止性能については、比較例１～２の光学シートとの効果の差が少なくなっている。このことから、実施例１～４の光学シートは、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の超高精細の表示素子に対して極めて有用であることが分かる。
なお、比較例３のものは、凹凸層中に透光性粒子を含有しないためギラツキ防止性には優れているが、防眩性に劣るとともに、干渉縞が発生してしまい、使用に耐えないものであった。 As is apparent from the results in Table 1, the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties and prevent glare in an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. It was also excellent in contrast. In addition, the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 show a much better effect than the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 in terms of preventing glare of display elements with a pixel density of 350 ppi, but display with a pixel density of 200 ppi. With respect to the anti-glare performance of the element, the difference in effect from the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 is reduced. From this, it can be seen that the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 are extremely useful for an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
In addition, although the thing of the comparative example 3 is excellent in glare prevention property since it does not contain a translucent particle in an uneven | corrugated layer, while being inferior to anti-glare property, an interference fringe generate | occur | produces and it cannot endure use. It was a thing.
なお、比較例３のものは、凹凸層中に透光性粒子を含有しないためギラツキ防止性には優れているが、防眩性に劣るとともに、干渉縞が発生してしまい、使用に耐えないものであった。 As is apparent from the results in Table 1, the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 can impart various properties such as anti-glare properties and prevent glare in an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more. It was also excellent in contrast. In addition, the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 show a much better effect than the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 in terms of preventing glare of display elements with a pixel density of 350 ppi, but display with a pixel density of 200 ppi. With respect to the anti-glare performance of the element, the difference in effect from the optical sheets of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 is reduced. From this, it can be seen that the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 are extremely useful for an ultra-high-definition display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
In addition, although the thing of the comparative example 3 is excellent in glare prevention property since it does not contain a translucent particle in an uneven | corrugated layer, while being inferior to anti-glare property, an interference fringe generate | occur | produces and it cannot endure use. It was a thing.
４．タッチパネルの作製
実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の光学シートの透明基材側に、厚み２０ｎｍのＩＴＯの導電性膜をスパッタリング法で形成し、上部電極板とした。次いで、厚み１ｍｍの強化ガラス板の一方の面に、厚み約２０ｎｍのＩＴＯの導電性膜をスパッタリング法で形成し、下部電極板とした。次いで、下部電極板の導電性膜を有する面に、スペーサー用塗布液として電離放射線硬化型樹脂（Dot Cure TR5903：太陽インキ社）をスクリーン印刷法によりドット状に印刷した後、高圧水銀灯で紫外線を照射して、直径５０μｍ、高さ８μｍのスペーサーを１ｍｍの間隔で配列させた。
次いで、上部電極板と下部電極板とを、導電性膜どうしを対向するように配置させ、厚み３０μｍ、幅３ｍｍの両面接着テープで縁を接着し、実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の抵抗膜式タッチパネルを作製した。
得られた抵抗膜式タッチパネルを、市販の超高精細液晶表示装置（画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ）上に載置し、ギラツキの有無を目視で評価したところ、実施例１～４のタッチパネルはギラツキが抑制され、外光の映り込みも少なく、視認性が良好であった。また、実施例１～４のタッチパネルは超高精細の映像の解像度が損なわれることもなく、明室環境下のコントラストも良好であった。一方、比較例１～２のタッチパネルはギラツキが目立つものであった。なお、比較例３のタッチパネルは外光の映り込んでしまい、視認性が良好ではなかった。 4). Production of Touch Panel An ITO conductive film having a thickness of 20 nm was formed by sputtering on the transparent substrate side of the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 to form an upper electrode plate. Next, an ITO conductive film having a thickness of about 20 nm was formed by sputtering on one surface of a 1 mm thick tempered glass plate to obtain a lower electrode plate. Next, ionizing radiation curable resin (Dot Cure TR5903: Taiyo Ink Co., Ltd.) is printed on the surface of the lower electrode plate having the conductive film as a coating solution for spacers in the form of dots by the screen printing method. Irradiation was performed, and spacers having a diameter of 50 μm and a height of 8 μm were arranged at intervals of 1 mm.
Next, the upper electrode plate and the lower electrode plate are arranged so that the conductive films are opposed to each other, and the edges are bonded with a double-sided adhesive tape having a thickness of 30 μm and a width of 3 mm, and Examples 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-3 A resistive film type touch panel was prepared.
The obtained resistive touch panel was placed on a commercially available ultra-high-definition liquid crystal display device (pixel density 350 ppi), and the presence or absence of glare was visually evaluated. As a result, the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 were suppressed from glare. The visibility was good with little reflection of external light. In addition, the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 did not impair the resolution of ultra-high definition images, and had good contrast in a bright room environment. On the other hand, the touch panels of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 showed noticeable glare. In addition, the touch panel of the comparative example 3 reflected external light, and visibility was not favorable.
実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の光学シートの透明基材側に、厚み２０ｎｍのＩＴＯの導電性膜をスパッタリング法で形成し、上部電極板とした。次いで、厚み１ｍｍの強化ガラス板の一方の面に、厚み約２０ｎｍのＩＴＯの導電性膜をスパッタリング法で形成し、下部電極板とした。次いで、下部電極板の導電性膜を有する面に、スペーサー用塗布液として電離放射線硬化型樹脂（Dot Cure TR5903：太陽インキ社）をスクリーン印刷法によりドット状に印刷した後、高圧水銀灯で紫外線を照射して、直径５０μｍ、高さ８μｍのスペーサーを１ｍｍの間隔で配列させた。
次いで、上部電極板と下部電極板とを、導電性膜どうしを対向するように配置させ、厚み３０μｍ、幅３ｍｍの両面接着テープで縁を接着し、実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の抵抗膜式タッチパネルを作製した。
得られた抵抗膜式タッチパネルを、市販の超高精細液晶表示装置（画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ）上に載置し、ギラツキの有無を目視で評価したところ、実施例１～４のタッチパネルはギラツキが抑制され、外光の映り込みも少なく、視認性が良好であった。また、実施例１～４のタッチパネルは超高精細の映像の解像度が損なわれることもなく、明室環境下のコントラストも良好であった。一方、比較例１～２のタッチパネルはギラツキが目立つものであった。なお、比較例３のタッチパネルは外光の映り込んでしまい、視認性が良好ではなかった。 4). Production of Touch Panel An ITO conductive film having a thickness of 20 nm was formed by sputtering on the transparent substrate side of the optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 to form an upper electrode plate. Next, an ITO conductive film having a thickness of about 20 nm was formed by sputtering on one surface of a 1 mm thick tempered glass plate to obtain a lower electrode plate. Next, ionizing radiation curable resin (Dot Cure TR5903: Taiyo Ink Co., Ltd.) is printed on the surface of the lower electrode plate having the conductive film as a coating solution for spacers in the form of dots by the screen printing method. Irradiation was performed, and spacers having a diameter of 50 μm and a height of 8 μm were arranged at intervals of 1 mm.
Next, the upper electrode plate and the lower electrode plate are arranged so that the conductive films are opposed to each other, and the edges are bonded with a double-sided adhesive tape having a thickness of 30 μm and a width of 3 mm, and Examples 1-4 and Comparative Examples 1-3 A resistive film type touch panel was prepared.
The obtained resistive touch panel was placed on a commercially available ultra-high-definition liquid crystal display device (pixel density 350 ppi), and the presence or absence of glare was visually evaluated. As a result, the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 were suppressed from glare. The visibility was good with little reflection of external light. In addition, the touch panels of Examples 1 to 4 did not impair the resolution of ultra-high definition images, and had good contrast in a bright room environment. On the other hand, the touch panels of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 showed noticeable glare. In addition, the touch panel of the comparative example 3 reflected external light, and visibility was not favorable.
５．表示装置の作製
実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の光学シートと、市販の超高精細液晶表示装置（画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ）とを、透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせ、実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の表示装置を作製した。なお、貼り合わせの際は、光学シートの凹凸面が表示素子とは反対側を向くようにした。
得られた表示装置のギラツキの有無を目視で評価したところ、実施例１～４の表示装置はギラツキが抑制され、外光の映り込みも少なく、視認性が良好であった。また、実施例１～４の表示装置は超高精細の映像の解像度が損なわれることもなく、明室環境下のコントラストも良好であった。一方、比較例１～２の表示装置はギラツキが目立つものであった。なお、比較例３の表示装置は外光の映り込んでしまい、視認性が良好ではなかった。 5. Production of Display Device The optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 and a commercially available ultra-high-definition liquid crystal display device (pixel density 350 ppi) are bonded together via a transparent adhesive, and Examples 1 to 4 are bonded. And the display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were produced. In addition, when bonding, the uneven surface of the optical sheet was made to face the side opposite to the display element.
The presence or absence of glare in the obtained display device was visually evaluated. As a result, the display devices of Examples 1 to 4 were suppressed in glare, had little reflection of external light, and had good visibility. In addition, the display devices of Examples 1 to 4 did not impair the resolution of ultra-high definition images and had good contrast in a bright room environment. On the other hand, the display devices of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 showed noticeable glare. In addition, the display apparatus of the comparative example 3 reflected external light, and visibility was not favorable.
実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の光学シートと、市販の超高精細液晶表示装置（画素密度３５０ｐｐｉ）とを、透明粘着剤を介して貼り合わせ、実施例１～４及び比較例１～３の表示装置を作製した。なお、貼り合わせの際は、光学シートの凹凸面が表示素子とは反対側を向くようにした。
得られた表示装置のギラツキの有無を目視で評価したところ、実施例１～４の表示装置はギラツキが抑制され、外光の映り込みも少なく、視認性が良好であった。また、実施例１～４の表示装置は超高精細の映像の解像度が損なわれることもなく、明室環境下のコントラストも良好であった。一方、比較例１～２の表示装置はギラツキが目立つものであった。なお、比較例３の表示装置は外光の映り込んでしまい、視認性が良好ではなかった。 5. Production of Display Device The optical sheets of Examples 1 to 4 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 and a commercially available ultra-high-definition liquid crystal display device (pixel density 350 ppi) are bonded together via a transparent adhesive, and Examples 1 to 4 are bonded. And the display devices of Comparative Examples 1 to 3 were produced. In addition, when bonding, the uneven surface of the optical sheet was made to face the side opposite to the display element.
The presence or absence of glare in the obtained display device was visually evaluated. As a result, the display devices of Examples 1 to 4 were suppressed in glare, had little reflection of external light, and had good visibility. In addition, the display devices of Examples 1 to 4 did not impair the resolution of ultra-high definition images and had good contrast in a bright room environment. On the other hand, the display devices of Comparative Examples 1 and 2 showed noticeable glare. In addition, the display apparatus of the comparative example 3 reflected external light, and visibility was not favorable.
１：抵抗膜式タッチパネル、１１：透明基板、１２：透明導電膜、１３：スペーサー
２：静電容量式タッチパネル、２１：透明基板、２２：透明導電膜（Ｘ軸電極）、２３：透明導電膜（Ｙ軸電極）、２４：接着剤層 1: resistance film type touch panel, 11: transparent substrate, 12: transparent conductive film, 13: spacer 2: capacitive touch panel, 21: transparent substrate, 22: transparent conductive film (X-axis electrode), 23: transparent conductive film (Y-axis electrode), 24: Adhesive layer
２：静電容量式タッチパネル、２１：透明基板、２２：透明導電膜（Ｘ軸電極）、２３：透明導電膜（Ｙ軸電極）、２４：接着剤層 1: resistance film type touch panel, 11: transparent substrate, 12: transparent conductive film, 13: spacer 2: capacitive touch panel, 21: transparent substrate, 22: transparent conductive film (X-axis electrode), 23: transparent conductive film (Y-axis electrode), 24: Adhesive layer
Claims (7)
- 光学シートを構成部材として有するタッチパネルであって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられるタッチパネル。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 A touch panel having an optical sheet as a constituent member, wherein the optical sheet has an uneven surface and the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or the following condition B-1 And B-2, a touch panel used on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more. - 前記光学シートの内部へイズが１５～４０％である請求項１に記載のタッチパネル。 The touch panel as set forth in claim 1, wherein the inner height of the optical sheet is 15 to 40%.
- 画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に光学シートを有してなる表示装置であって、前記光学シートは表面に凹凸形状を有し、かつ前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、表示装置。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 A display device having an optical sheet on the front surface of a display element having a pixel density of 300 ppi or more, wherein the optical sheet has an uneven shape on the surface, and the optical sheet has the following conditions A-1 and A-2: Or a display device that satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more. - 表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートであって、前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たす、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シート。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 An optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on the surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2, and has a pixel density of 300 ppi or more: An optical sheet used on the front surface of the element.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more. - 前記光学シートは、内部へイズが１５～４０％である請求項４に記載の光学シート。 The optical sheet according to claim 4, wherein the optical sheet has an inside haze of 15 to 40%.
- 表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの選別方法であって、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすものを光学シートとして選別する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの選別方法。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 A method for selecting an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on a surface thereof, wherein a pixel that satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2 or satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2 is selected as an optical sheet: A method for selecting an optical sheet used on the front surface of a display element having a density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more. - 表面に凹凸形状を有する光学シートの製造方法であって、前記光学シートが、下記条件Ａ－１及びＡ－２を満たすか、あるいは、下記条件Ｂ－１及びＢ－２を満たすように製造する、画素密度３００ｐｐｉ以上の表示素子の前面に用いられる光学シートの製造方法。
条件Ａ－１：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの標準偏差σＳＲａを算出した際に、σＳＲａが０．０５０μｍ以下。
条件Ａ－２：前記凹凸形状の表面を６４μｍ四方の測定領域に分割し、各測定領域における三次元算術平均粗さＳＲａを求め、全測定領域の三次元算術平均粗さの平均ＳＲａＡＶＥを算出した際に、ＳＲａＡＶＥが０．１００μｍ以上。
条件Ｂ－１：ＪＩＳ Ｋ７３７４に準拠して、写像性測定器の光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍ、０．２５ｍｍ、０．５ｍｍ、１．０ｍｍ及び２．０ｍｍのそれぞれについて前記光学シートの透過像鮮明度を測定する。光学櫛の幅が０．１２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．１２５、光学櫛の幅が０．２５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．２５、光学櫛の幅が０．５ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ０．５、光学櫛の幅が１．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ１．０、光学櫛の幅が２．０ｍｍの透過像鮮明度をＣ２．０とした際に、Ｃ０．１２５、Ｃ０．２５、Ｃ０．５及びＣ１．０の最大値と最小値との差が６．０％以内。
条件Ｂ－２：Ｃ２．０とＣ１．０との差が１０．０％以上。 A method for producing an optical sheet having a concavo-convex shape on a surface, wherein the optical sheet satisfies the following conditions A-1 and A-2, or satisfies the following conditions B-1 and B-2: The manufacturing method of the optical sheet used for the front surface of the display element with a pixel density of 300 ppi or more.
Condition A-1: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the standard deviation σ SRa of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is obtained. When calculated, σ SRa is 0.050 μm or less.
Condition A-2: The uneven surface is divided into 64 μm square measurement areas, the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness SRa in each measurement area is obtained, and the average SRa AVE of the three-dimensional arithmetic average roughness in all measurement areas is calculated. When SRa AVE is 0.100 μm or more.
Condition B-1: According to JIS K7374, the transmission image of the optical sheet for each of the optical comb widths of the image clarity measuring device of 0.125 mm, 0.25 mm, 0.5 mm, 1.0 mm and 2.0 mm Measure sharpness. C 0.125 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.125 mm, C 0.25 transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.25 mm, and transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 0.5 mm When the degree of transmission is C 0.5 , the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 1.0 mm is C 1.0 , and the transmission image definition with an optical comb width of 2.0 mm is C 2.0 , C 0.125, C 0.25, the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value of C 0.5 and C 1.0 are within 6.0%.
Condition B-2: The difference between C 2.0 and C 1.0 is 10.0% or more.
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| KR1020177022927A KR102382755B1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-02-25 | A touch panel, a display device and an optical sheet, and a method for selecting an optical sheet and a manufacturing method for the optical sheet |
| CN201680011477.7A CN107250963B (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-02-25 | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, method for selecting optical sheet, and method for manufacturing optical sheet |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2015036589A JP6500495B2 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2015-02-26 | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, method of sorting optical sheet, and method of manufacturing optical sheet |
| JP2015-036589 | 2015-02-26 | ||
| JP2015-036582 | 2015-02-26 | ||
| JP2015036582A JP6497126B2 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2015-02-26 | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2016136871A1 true WO2016136871A1 (en) | 2016-09-01 |
Family
ID=56788636
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2016/055607 WO2016136871A1 (en) | 2015-02-26 | 2016-02-25 | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet selection method, and optical sheet manufacturing method |
Country Status (4)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| KR (1) | KR102382755B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN107250963B (en) |
| TW (1) | TWI693538B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2016136871A1 (en) |
Cited By (5)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2018198720A1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-01 | 東レ株式会社 | Film |
| CN111108464A (en) * | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-05 | 日本电气硝子株式会社 | Cover member for input device and input device |
| CN111164464A (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2020-05-15 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film and display device using same |
| WO2020246314A1 (en) * | 2019-06-07 | 2020-12-10 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film; anti-glare article, touchscreen, and display device using same; and method for selecting anti-glare film |
| WO2021235491A1 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | 恵和株式会社 | Optical sheet, backlight unit, liquid crystal display apparatus, and information device |
Families Citing this family (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN107977124B (en) * | 2017-11-28 | 2020-11-03 | 友达光电（苏州）有限公司 | Three-dimensional touch panel |
| TWI834826B (en) * | 2019-03-01 | 2024-03-11 | 日商大日本印刷股份有限公司 | Resin layer, optical film and image display device |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2010020267A (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2010-01-28 | Sony Corp | Optical film and manufacturing method therefor, anti-glare film, polarizing element with optical layer, and display device |
| JP2012252038A (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-20 | Daicel Corp | Optical film and method for manufacturing the same |
| JP2013117584A (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-13 | Keiwa Inc | Hard coat film, transparent conductive laminate, and touch panel |
| JP2015014735A (en) * | 2013-07-05 | 2015-01-22 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Antiglare film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device |
Family Cites Families (12)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2002196117A (en) | 2000-12-25 | 2002-07-10 | Nitto Denko Corp | Light diffusion layer, light diffusing sheet and optical element |
| JP3703133B2 (en) | 2001-03-12 | 2005-10-05 | 日東電工株式会社 | Light diffusing sheet and optical element |
| JP2003302506A (en) | 2002-02-08 | 2003-10-24 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | Antiglare film and image display device |
| WO2007000856A1 (en) | 2005-06-28 | 2007-01-04 | Nitto Denko Corporation | Antiglare hardcoat film |
| KR20070111026A (en) | 2006-05-16 | 2007-11-21 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Station for receiving substrate |
| JP4924344B2 (en) | 2007-10-01 | 2012-04-25 | コニカミノルタオプト株式会社 | Antiglare film, production apparatus thereof, antiglare antireflection film, polarizing plate, and display device |
| JP5033740B2 (en) * | 2007-10-26 | 2012-09-26 | 帝人株式会社 | Transparent conductive laminate and touch panel |
| JP5232448B2 (en) | 2007-11-19 | 2013-07-10 | 株式会社巴川製紙所 | Anti-glare material |
| JP2009288650A (en) | 2008-05-30 | 2009-12-10 | Nitto Denko Corp | Antiglare hard coat film, polarizing plate and image display apparatus using the same |
| US10061461B2 (en) * | 2008-12-26 | 2018-08-28 | Teijin Limited | Transparent electroconductive laminate and transparent touch panel using the same |
| JP5593125B2 (en) | 2010-06-03 | 2014-09-17 | 株式会社巴川製紙所 | Optical laminate, polarizing plate and display device |
| JP6656799B2 (en) * | 2013-11-29 | 2020-03-04 | 王子ホールディングス株式会社 | Anti-Newton ring laminate and capacitive touch panel using the anti-Newton ring laminate |
-
2016
- 2016-02-25 WO PCT/JP2016/055607 patent/WO2016136871A1/en active Application Filing
- 2016-02-25 KR KR1020177022927A patent/KR102382755B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2016-02-25 CN CN201680011477.7A patent/CN107250963B/en active Active
- 2016-02-26 TW TW105105778A patent/TWI693538B/en active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2010020267A (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2010-01-28 | Sony Corp | Optical film and manufacturing method therefor, anti-glare film, polarizing element with optical layer, and display device |
| JP2012252038A (en) * | 2011-05-31 | 2012-12-20 | Daicel Corp | Optical film and method for manufacturing the same |
| JP2013117584A (en) * | 2011-12-01 | 2013-06-13 | Keiwa Inc | Hard coat film, transparent conductive laminate, and touch panel |
| JP2015014735A (en) * | 2013-07-05 | 2015-01-22 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Antiglare film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| "JIS K 7374 Plastic - Zo Senmeido no Motomekata", 1ST PRINT, JAPANESE STANDARDS ASSOCIATION, 20 November 2007 (2007-11-20), pages 6 * |
Cited By (16)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN110573334B (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2022-03-29 | 东丽株式会社 | Film |
| CN110573334A (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2019-12-13 | 东丽株式会社 | Film |
| KR20190139829A (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2019-12-18 | 도레이 카부시키가이샤 | film |
| JPWO2018198720A1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2020-02-27 | 東レ株式会社 | the film |
| WO2018198720A1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2018-11-01 | 東レ株式会社 | Film |
| JP7412884B2 (en) | 2017-04-26 | 2024-01-15 | 東レ株式会社 | film |
| KR102566683B1 (en) * | 2017-04-26 | 2023-08-14 | 도레이 카부시키가이샤 | film |
| CN111108464A (en) * | 2017-09-25 | 2020-05-05 | 日本电气硝子株式会社 | Cover member for input device and input device |
| CN111108464B (en) * | 2017-09-25 | 2023-04-04 | 日本电气硝子株式会社 | Cover member for input device and input device |
| CN111164464B (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2022-01-14 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film and display device using same |
| CN111164464A (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2020-05-15 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film and display device using same |
| WO2020246314A1 (en) * | 2019-06-07 | 2020-12-10 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film; anti-glare article, touchscreen, and display device using same; and method for selecting anti-glare film |
| JP7464051B2 (en) | 2019-06-07 | 2024-04-09 | 大日本印刷株式会社 | Anti-glare film, anti-glare article, touch panel and display device using the same, and method for selecting anti-glare film |
| WO2021235491A1 (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2021-11-25 | 恵和株式会社 | Optical sheet, backlight unit, liquid crystal display apparatus, and information device |
| TWI809399B (en) * | 2020-05-22 | 2023-07-21 | 日商惠和股份有限公司 | Optical sheet, backlight unit of liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device, information appliance, and manufacturing method of optical sheet |
| US11966117B2 (en) | 2020-05-22 | 2024-04-23 | Keiwa Inc. | Optical sheet, backlight unit, liquid crystal display apparatus, and information device |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| TW201643652A (en) | 2016-12-16 |
| TWI693538B (en) | 2020-05-11 |
| KR20170122189A (en) | 2017-11-03 |
| CN107250963B (en) | 2020-04-10 |
| CN107250963A (en) | 2017-10-13 |
| KR102382755B1 (en) | 2022-04-06 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP6717317B2 (en) | Optical sheet, polarizing plate, method of selecting optical sheet, method of manufacturing optical sheet, and display device | |
| JP6212844B2 (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device | |
| CN106030349B (en) | Method for producing laminate, polarizing plate, image display device, and method for improving visibility of image display device | |
| WO2016136871A1 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet selection method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| CN105005104B (en) | Anti-glare film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device | |
| US9535194B2 (en) | Optical sheet for reducing scintillation effects in touch panels and display panels | |
| WO2015001966A1 (en) | Anti-glare film, polarizer, liquid-crystal panel, and image display device | |
| JP2016001318A (en) | Optical film, polarization plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device | |
| JP2013195447A (en) | Optical film, polarizer, liquid crystal panel, and image display unit | |
| JP2014016476A (en) | Optical film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, and image display device | |
| JP6500495B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, method of sorting optical sheet, and method of manufacturing optical sheet | |
| JP6497126B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| JP6711002B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device and optical sheet | |
| JP6565094B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| JP6515377B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, method of sorting optical sheet, and method of manufacturing optical sheet | |
| JP6484847B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| JP6565096B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| JP6484846B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| JP6721067B2 (en) | Laminated body manufacturing method, laminated body, polarizing plate and image display device | |
| WO2023210622A1 (en) | Optical film, image display panel, and image display device | |
| JP6565095B2 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, optical sheet sorting method, and optical sheet manufacturing method | |
| KR102225830B1 (en) | Touch panel, display device, optical sheet, method for selecting optical sheet, and method for manufacturing optical sheet | |
| JP2022036959A (en) | Optical laminate and image display device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 16755615 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20177022927 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 16755615 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |